top places to visit near london

Awesome, you're subscribed!

Thanks for subscribing! Look out for your first newsletter in your inbox soon!

The best of London for free.

Sign up for our email to enjoy London without spending a thing (as well as some options when you’re feeling flush).

Déjà vu! We already have this email. Try another?

By entering your email address you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy and consent to receive emails from Time Out about news, events, offers and partner promotions.

Love the mag?

Our newsletter hand-delivers the best bits to your inbox. Sign up to unlock our digital magazines and also receive the latest news, events, offers and partner promotions.

• Things to Do
• Food & Drink
• Coca-Cola Foodmarks
• Attractions
• Los Angeles

Get us in your inbox

🙌 Awesome, you're subscribed!

The best day trips from London to escape the city

Whether you’re after a seaside jaunt or a country retreat, here are the best trips from London we’re planning right now

As much as we love London here at Time Out, we’re also partial to the odd daydream about a leisurely getaway to somewhere that’s not quite so big and busy. Microdose on that holiday vibe by taking a day trip to one of the many laidback, joy-inducing destinations just a few hours away from London, which pack in plenty; from historic cities and cute villages to sandy beaches and rolling countryside.

If you’re wanting a quick getaway, here are 17 of the Time Out team’s favourite day trips from London, complete with our recommendations of cute pubs and ace restaurants – all close enough to the city to get there and back in one sweet day. 

RECOMMENDED:  the best weekend trips from London RECOMMENDED: the best family day trips from London RECOMMENDED: the best Airbnbs near London RECOMMENDED: Quirky Airbnbs in the UK

This article includes affiliate links. These links have no influence on our editorial content. For more information, click  here .

An email you’ll actually love

17 dreamy day trips from London

1.  Saint Leonards

Famed for how many Londoners moved here during lockdown (it’s even been referred to as Dalston-on-Sea), St-Leonards-On-Sea is a cracking day out from the Big Smoke for beachside drinks and a tonne of great food spots. Head to food market Heist  (basically a much nicer version of Boxpark) for orange wine and street food, then sink pints at Goat Ledge , a vibesy, colourful shack right on the beach. If you fancy splashing out a little, book dinner at St Clement’s for white tablecloths and deliicous seafood. Plus you've got easy access to the rest of Hastings for its Old Town, pier and the Norman castle ruins.

How far? 58 miles

How to get there: A one hour 18 minute train from London Charing Cross

2.  Dungeness

Dungeness’s shingly, shipwreck-dotted beach is so spookily empty that it’s been described as Britain’s only desert (though the Met Office refuses to technically recognise it as such, the party poopers). It’s a beautifully eerie landscape, with the (disused) nuclear power station and two lighthouses looming over a motley mixture of weathered shacks, beached fishing boats and sleek, modernist bungalows – all clustered along a single in-and-out road.

But despite all that emptiness, there’s a surprising amount to do here. You could catch the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch steam train down the coast, and hop off in Dungeness for a walk and a pint at the lonely Britannia Inn. Grab a freshly-caught lunch at the famous Snack Shack: specialities include lobster or crab rolls and smoked cod chowder. And check out the galleries and open houses showcasing the work of the (surprisingly) many artists who have moved down here, including the shingle garden of the experimental filmmaker Derek Jarman, whose yellow-windowed Prospect Cottage is a major landmark here. Book in advance for a 40-minute tour inside.

If you’ve got time, head over to RSPB Dungeness nature reserve for a chance to glimpse glossy ibises and marsh harriers – plus the huge concrete ‘sound mirrors’, pre-radar experiments from WW1 that were designed to listen out for planes. (Look out on the RSPB site for news of the rare open days when you can get up close.) Finish off your day with dinner at the Pilot Inn; I’m willing to back the quality of their famous fish and chips, which were the thing that brought Derek Jarman here in the first place.

How far? 86 miles

Get there O ne hour  by train from St Pancras International to Folkestone, with a one-hour 30-minute bus ride to Dungeness. Or take a bus or taxi from Folkestone to Hythe station to board the Romney, Hythe & Dymchurch Railway. Alternatively, Dungeness is  around two hours from London by car.

3.  Stratford-upon-Avon

As a born-and-bred Midlander, I’ve spent many Saturdays traipsing around Stratford-upon-Avon’s lovely streets. With its half-timbered houses and canalside pubs, Stratford’s got just enough of the  small-town charm you’re craving on an escape from the Big Smoke, but unlike a small town, there’s actually loads to see and do.  

The Bard, of course, is the big draw here, and Shakespeare’s house, his wife Anne Hathaway’s cottage and the RSC’s famous theatre are all must-sees. But Stratford is more than just a Tudor Disneyland, we promise. Take a boat tour of the canal basin to find out more about the West Midlands waterways, refresh yourselves in the Grade II-listed Old Thatch Tavern and stop for a scoop of Eton mess ice cream at Hooray’s British Gelato Kitchen. 

How far? 104 miles

Get there T wo hours 15 minutes  by train from Marylebone; around two hours by car. 

4.  Whitstable

Don’t even think about thinking about it: Whitstable is far from overhyped. Sure, the secret is most definitely out about this fabulous little seaside town, but the vibes here are as great as they were 20 years ago. Grab brunch at Farm & Harper , fish and chips at Ossie’s and a glorious pint of craft at the Twelve Taps , and treat yourself to a dozen oysters to go at Wheelers Oyster Bar on the high street. Once you’ve walked the length of the beach and admired the beach huts, settle in at the famous pub-on-the-beach Old Neptune for a pint and wait for sunset to fall. Plus, Whitstable is so near, you’ll be back home before you can say ‘ another   bank holiday?’. But that’s if you don’t miss the last train.

How far? 50 miles

Get there One hour 15 minutes from St Pancras International, around two hours by car.

5.  Brighton

With its pebble beach, wall-to-wall live music venues and buzzing LGBTQ+ scene, there’s nowhere better for topping up your Vitamin Sea levels than Brighton. Start your day by dodging seagulls on the Palace Pier, then shop up a storm in the Lanes, which are packed with independent boutiques, record stores and vegan eateries. Sit down with a couple of pints in the Brighton Beer Dispensary, which champions small Sussex breweries like the Hand Brew Co.

How far?  A little over 50 miles

Get there One hour by train from Victoria, Blackfriars or London Bridge; around two hours by car. 

6.  The New Forest

A trip to the New Forest is about as close as you can get to going on safari without buying a plane ticket. As you make your way down dappled lanes and across the heather-covered heath you’ll be watched the famous ponies, which have grazed there for thousands of years, plus free-ranging Highland cattle and pigs hoovering up fallen acorns. Don’t fancy being stuck in the car all day? Hire a two-seater electric Twizzy buggy to explore in, or book a beginners’ hack at one of the stables. Don’t forget to make time for a proper ploughman’s lunch at the Royal Oak in Fritham.

How far? 90 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Waterloo to Brockenhurst; around two hours by car. Just remember that animals, not drivers, have right of way here.

7.  Box Hill

Biking to green and pleasant Surrey is a wheely nice way to spend a Sunday (sorry) – plus, Box Hill was part of the 2012 Olympic road-cycling route. Start in Richmond Park and pedal down past Hampton Court – it should take you about two hours. After a 1.6 mile climb and some hairpin bends (easier than it sounds!), you’ll be rewarded with stunning views of the North Downs from the top of Box Hill. Grab a slice of cake from the National Trust café, and save space for lunch at The Tree, which serves homemade pies and crumbles. Your last stop is Box Hill and Westhumble station, where you can load your bikes on to a train back to Waterloo. Whew!

How far? 30 miles

Get there  Two hours by bike (obviously). Plan the route carefully before you set out, and take a map and a puncture repair kit, plus water and snacks.

8.  Mersea Island

Attached to the mainland by a causeway that floods (and pub quizzers, take note: this is the UK’s most easterly inhabited island), Mersea feels properly remote at high tide. The big draw is The Company Shed, which serves seafood platters that pull in crowds from all over the country every weekend. It’s BYOB – bring your own bread – and they don’t take bookings, so get there before noon to make sure you can feast on prawns, smoked fish, oysters and dressed crab. Speaking of which, catch-and-release crabbing is encouraged – there are specially marked areas near the water, and shops selling the kit. Or you can book a boat trip around the bay.

How far? 69 miles

Get there  One hour by train from Liverpool Street to Colchester, then a 45-minute bus to Mersea Island; around two hours by car. D on’t forget to check the tide timetable before you set off...

9.  Rye

The antique shops and higgledy-piggledy cobbled lanes of Rye make it feel like a little slice of the Cotswolds on the coast. After you’ve satisfactorily browsed around the accurately named Tiny Book Store, treat yourself to a seafood lunch surrounded by lobster pots at Globe Inn Marsh, followed by Sussex real ale or a glass of local wine at The George. The Chapel Down vineyard is just up the road and well worth a visit if you want to know the ins and outs of wine-making – or simply enjoy a tipple with their signature wine tasting. Ten minutes away are the pillowy dunes of Camber Sands: roll your trousers up and splash through the shallows, take a kite for a spin or just park your towel and stretch out.

How far? 79 miles.

Get there  One hour 10 minutes by train from St Pancras International (with a change at Ashford); around two hours by car. 

10.  Margate

The Kent coastal town of Margate is awash with cold-brew coffee and craft beer, with enough salty charm to help you weather gusty sea winds. Start at the Turner Contemporary gallery, then mosey over to retro theme park and roller-disco Dreamland. Once the effects of the waltzer have worn off, head to Hantverk & Found for a lunch of fresh seafood and natural wines. Spend the rest of the afternoon shopping: snap up stunning vintage pieces in Breuer & Dawson, and seaweed-based skincare at Haeckels.

How far? 76 miles

Get there  One hour 25 minutes by train from St Pancras International; around two hours by car. 

11.  Bath

A glorious water-themed day awaits you in the city of Bath. Start as you mean to go on with a tour of the Romans baths (no paddling allowed, you’ve been warned), before making a splash in the Thermae Bath Spa – the rooftop pool has stunning views of the city. Once you’ve dried off, make like Jane Austen and stroll along the Royal Crescent. Peckish? Sally Lunn’s teahouse is home to the Sally Lunn Bun, a kind of sweet brioche bap – for a Bath take on the cream tea, order one toasted and spread with strawberry jam and clotted cream.

How far? 115 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes by train from Paddington; two hours 30 minutes by car. 

12.  Deal

Though it might not get shouted about the way Margate and Whitstable do, Deal ticks all the day-trip boxes with its quaint rows of Georgian houses, unique boutiques and well-loved Saturday market. Kick things off at Deal Castle (built by Henry VIII as part of an ambitious chain of coastal forts), then treat yourself to lunch at 81 Beach Street or Victuals & Co. Parisian-style bottle shop Le Pinardier is great for stocking up on gluggable goodies, and make sure you stop by gallery-cum-homewares boutique Taylor-Jones & Son, where Delilah the sheepdog will welcome you with open paws.

How far? Just over 80 miles

Get there One hour 20 minutes b y train from St Pancras International; around two hours by car. 

13.  Canterbury

In Chaucer’s day, this was where people came for a big old religious knees-up. Today, Canterbury is a little more sedate, but its large student population means there’s still a pleasingly rowdy edge. Kick things off with a leisurely stroll down the King’s Mile, home to boutiques aplenty. Lunchwise you’re spoilt for choice, from gourmet scotch eggs with slaw and fries at Pork & Co, bento boxes at Tamago or pizza straight from the oven at indoor farmers’ market The Goods Shed. Round off your very own Canterbury tale with a visit to the Beaney House of Art and Knowledge, which features one of the world’s most important collections of cow paintings and a mummified  Egyptian cat.

How far? 61 miles

Get there  One hour by train from St Pancras International; around one hour 30 minutes by car.

14.  Guildford

Heads up, horror fans: Guildford’s cathedral stars in cult bone-chiller ‘ The Omen’ . That said, everything else about Surrey’s county town is bucolic in the extreme: if it’s sunny you can lounge beside the water at pretty Dapdune Wharf, or actually get in it at the Guildford Lido. Lunch on locally sourced nacho boxes at Burrito Loco, before checking out the 400-year-old Star Inn. Still thirsty? Hop on a train to tour the nearby Hogs Back Brewery.

How far? 31 miles

Get there  30 minutes by train from Waterloo; around one hour by car.

15.  Southend-on-Sea

For nostalgic seaside fun, you could do much worse than Southend. From amusement parks, fairground rides and the world’s longest pier (it has a train running along it) to old-school chippies and retro ice-cream parlour Tomassi’s, the place has all the typical trappings of a vintage seaside town. On top of that it boasts some ambitious eateries , like fine-dining joint Aurum and gastropub The Pipe of Port, plus a burgeoning creative scene spearheaded by Focal Point Gallery and the annual Village Green music and arts festival. 

How far? 36 miles

Get there  One  hour 15 minutes by train from Fenchurch Street; two hours by car.

16.  Cambridge

Quieter, smaller and (whisper it) prettier than Oxford, Cambridge has plenty to keep you entertained. A visit to the Fitzwilliam Museum is a fine way to start your trip, followed by a bite at Fitzbillies. Make sure to buy a box of the sticky chelsea buns to take home. Spend a couple of hours wandering around the colleges and King’s Chapel before taking to the river for a spot of punting: behatted guides will do the hard work, or you can hire a boat of your own (it’s trickier than it looks: you’ve been warned). Come teatime, head for Grantchester and feast on scones in The Orchard Tea Gardens, just like poet Rupert Brooke.

How far? 64 miles

Get there  45 minutes by train from King’s Cross; one hour ten minutes from Liverpool Street; around two hours by car. 

17.  Chichester

Dinky, pastel-coloured Chichester looks like it’s built of macarons – but it’s more than just a pretty face. Start at the Norman-meets-Gothic cathedral before moving on to the Pallant House Gallery, home to brilliantly curated exhibitions, a first-class bookshop and a courtyard café that gives Rochelle Canteen a run for its money. Some of the best bits of Sussex are an easy drive (or, if you’re feeling full of beans, a slightly less easy bike ride) away, from the Goodwood Estate to West Dean Gardens and the gorgeous sandy beach at West Wittering.

How far? 80 miles

Get there  One hour 30 minutes from Victoria; around two hours by car. Car is best, so you can really explore. 

[image] [title]

More on getaways

Discover Time Out original video

• Press office
• Investor relations
• Work for Time Out
• Editorial guidelines
• Privacy notice
• Do not sell my information
• Cookie policy
• Accessibility statement
• Terms of use
• Modern slavery statement
• Manage cookies
• Claim your listing
• Time Out Offers FAQ
• Advertising
• Time Out Market

Time Out products

• Time Out Offers
• Time Out Worldwide

21 Top-Rated Day Trips from London, England

Written by Bryan Dearsley and Barbara Radcliffe Rogers Updated Sep 29, 2023 We may earn a commission from affiliate links ( )

Author Bryan Dearsley has visited England many times, including an eight-week trip in the spring of 2022.

While London has plenty of attractions to keep tourists busy, so many wonderful places to visit lie close by that you're certain to be tempted to take at least one day trip while you're here. Some of the best day trips from London are as close as the magnificent palace of Hampton Court, but you can travel farther in a day — all the way to Paris, in fact, thanks to high-speed trains.

Within easy reach from London are the beautiful and historic cities of Bath and Oxford, the soaring cathedral at Canterbury, along with some of the best castles in England . Legendary Windsor Castle is also close, and not far beyond is the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Stonehenge, one of the top attractions in England.

Renting A Car: Getting to these destinations is relatively easy and there are several options. Rental companies like Enterprise Rent-A-Car and Europcar have many locations in and around London, and convenient online reservations mean more time exploring the countryside than spent lining up to get a car.

Trains: London is also the UK's major hub for passenger rail travel. And while train companies vie for business over some of the busiest routes, you can keep things simple by using online booking platforms such as Trainline and National Rail . Simple searches will not only show the best routes to get to your day trip destination but also the best prices, including cheap day returns and other money-saving options.

Find the best places to visit and things to do with our list of the top day trips from London, England.

1. Stonehenge, Wiltshire

2. hampton court palace, east molesey, 3. windsor castle, berkshire, 4. oxford and the cotswolds, 5. leeds castle, kent, 6. kew gardens: royal botanic gardens, surrey, 7. bath, somerset, 8. canterbury, kent, 9. paris, france, 10. highclere castle & downton abbey sites, hampshire, 11. harry potter warner bros studio, hertfordshire, 12. brighton beach & royal pavilion, east sussex, 13. stratford-upon-avon and warwick castle, west midlands, 14. cambridge, 15. hatfield house, hertfordshire, 16. chessington world of adventures resort, surrey, 17. rhs garden wisley, surrey, 18. syon house and conservatory, middlesex, 19. claremont landscape garden, surrey, 20. brooklands museum, surrey, 21. osterley park and house, middlesex, frequently asked questions, when is the best time to visit, which places can i visit with a london transport pass, what are the best day trips from london for children.

High on the list of England's top tourist attractions , Stonehenge has mystified scholars, scientists, and historians for centuries. The giant stones that rise from the Salisbury Plain have been here for at least four millennia.

Before circling the megaliths, spend some time in the Stonehenge Visitor Centre to learn about the stones and the people who built them. In addition to beautifully conceived audio/visual exhibits, its fascinating displays include more than 250 ancient artifacts. This UNESCO World Heritage site also includes authentic replicas of Neolithic houses illustrating everyday Neolithic life.

An easy way to get to Stonehenge is on a 6.5-hour London to Stonehenge Shuttle Bus and Independent Day Trip . This popular tour includes admission tickets to see the stones and all the related exhibits, plus a complimentary audio-guide.

Prefer to make the journey from London to Stonehenge yourself? If you're planning on driving the 88-mile route, allow at least 2 hours each way, traffic depending. As there are no direct trains to Stonehenge, you'll want to make the 90-minute journey to the pretty cathedral city of Salisbury and pick up a Salisbury Red shuttle bus for the short final leg of your Stonehenge adventure.

Location: Salisbury, Wiltshire

Perhaps the most interesting of Britain's royal palaces, Hampton Court lies southwest of London on the north bank of the Thames. The Great Hall and other parts of the palace date from Henry VIII's time, and five of his six wives lived here as Queen; the ghosts of two of them are said to still haunt the palace. This is also where Elizabeth I learned of the defeat of the Spanish Armada.

Highlights of the palace include the Clock Court with its astronomical clock dating from 1540; the State Apartments, including the Haunted Gallery ; the Chapel Royal; the King's Apartments; and the Tudor tennis court. Visitors should also explore the Privy Garden, the Pond Garden, the Elizabethan Knot Garden, the Broad Walk, and the Wilderness, especially in mid-May when in full bloom .

One of the other popular things to do at Hampton Court Palace , particularly for children, is wandering through the palace's famous maze .

Hampton Court is easy to reach by a 45-minute train ride from London's Victoria Station. Although only 15 miles away from central London, driving there isn't recommended as it'll take as long, if not longer, by car.

Address: Hampton Court Way, Molesey, East Molesey, Richmond Upon Thames

The summer home of the British Royal Family, Windsor Castle is also the longest-occupied royal residence in Europe. Inside its walls is St. George's Chapel , begun by Edward IV in 1474 and among the finest examples of the English Perpendicular Gothic style. In its vaults and sacristy are the tombs of several monarchs.

One of the highlights of visiting Windsor Castle is a tour of the State Apartments , where the Queen's Gallery and the Dining Hall each have magnificently painted ceilings and wood carvings. The palace's art collection includes works by Michelangelo, Rubens, Leonardo da Vinci, Canaletto, and Rembrandt. Queen Mary's Dollhouse and the beautiful gardens are other highlights of the castle complex.

Windsor Castle is easy to combine with other nearby attractions on a Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London tour by luxury coach. The tour includes visits to both St. George's Chapel and the State Apartments, with an expert tour guide to point out the most important features and fill in the castle's history.

Other options for getting to Windsor Castle from London , a distance of only 23 miles, include by car, bus, or train. That said, given the usually busy roads in and around London, the 20-minute train journey is as good as it gets.

Address: Windsor Castle, Windsor, Berkshire

One of Europe's oldest and most beautiful university towns, Oxford is easy to reach by direct train from London. A distance of around 58 miles, trains will swoosh you through the picturesque countryside in around an hour. Prefer to drive? Sure, it'll take a little longer, but Oxford's location on the edge of the Cotswolds means you can actually cross two items off your London day trip bucket list.

While its main draw for tourists is the university, Oxford is certainly an attractive place to visit for other reasons. Topping the list are its many pleasant parks and gardens, the historic Covered Market, and Christ Church Cathedral .

Highlights of the university are the Bodleian Library and Christ Church College , which gained new attention when it was featured in several Harry Potter movies. Other fun things to do in Oxford include exploring the historic city center, visiting the History of Science Museum , and enjoying some shopping in Cornmarket Street.

Close to Oxford and easy to combine on a day trip from London is the Cotswolds , a beautiful region of rolling landscapes and picturesque villages. The Cotswolds have been named an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty due to the rare limestone grassland habitats and old-growth woodlands. But, for most visitors, the region's appeal is in its charming villages and towns, such as Bourton-on-Water , Castle Combe, and Chipping Norton.

An easy way to visit this beautiful region is on the Oxford, Cotswolds, Stratford-upon-Avon and Warwick Castle Day Trip from London . This 10-hour excursion by motor coach includes a guided walking tour of Oxford, as well as visits to Bodleian Library and Christ Church College.

For those who prefer to go it alone, this same route can easily be covered by car, with online admissions secured in advance from major attractions saving you both time and money.

Often named as the loveliest castle in the world, Leeds Castle in the county of Kent certainly has one of the prettiest settings. Surrounded by water, its stone towers are reflected from almost every angle. The first castle was built here in 1089, and Leeds became a favorite royal residence of King Edward I in the late 13th century.

Later, it was the home of Catherine of Aragon, the first wife of Henry VIII. It continued as a country house through the Jacobean and Georgian eras, and finally as the retreat of an Anglo-American heiress and her fashionable friends in the 1920s. You'll see reminders of all these eras and lives in the lavish rooms and in the Gatehouse Museum.

The gardens are known for the yew hedge maze. You can explore Leeds Castle on a private guided tour before the castle is open to the public and have time to stroll in the gardens as part of the Leeds Castle, Cliffs of Dover, and Canterbury Day Trip from London with Guided Cathedral Tour . Traveling from the city on a comfortable coach, you'll have state-of-the-art headphones throughout the tour, so you can easily hear the expert guide's commentary throughout the day.

Although just 42 miles from London, a day trip to Leeds Castle is one of those rare instances when you might want to forgo the train for a car or organized tour. Situated mid-way between the towns of Ashford and Maidstone, the need for a bus ride to tackle the last few miles from either destination can add an hour or more to your journey each way.

Location: Broomfield, Maidstone, Kent

Officially called the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew Gardens is situated in southwest London on the south bank of the Thames. And it's easy to get to. Just 8 miles from central London, Kew is served by the London Underground (yes, the "Tube"), with easy connections to the District Line available from almost anywhere in the city. So save the car for a more remote day trip destination.

The world's most important collection of living plants contains more than 50,000 specimens and a library of as many volumes of botanical literature. So important a collection is it that Kew Gardens has earned a place on the UNESCO World Heritage list , making it the best day trip from London for garden lovers.

The gardens were laid out in 1759 and became government property in 1841. A thatched cottage built for Queen Charlotte between 1754 and 1771 was a long-time favorite of Queen Victoria.

An entire pavilion is dedicated to water lilies, and throughout the gardens are a variety of buildings that include a Japanese house, England's smallest royal palace, and a pagoda. Also worth seeing are its two galleries of botanical art and several conservatories.

A river cruise along the Thames is a great way to get to this spectacular 300-acre garden with its many musical and cultural events.

Address: Kew, Richmond, Surrey

The name of this beautiful city gives a clue to its origins and its most famous site: the remarkable 2,000-year-old Roman Baths built around the city's natural hot springs. But Bath continued to be a spa town long after the Romans left, and later became a center for fashionable, wealthy English in the Georgian and Regency periods.

Several Bath tourist attractions recall that era immortalized by Bath's most famous resident, Jane Austen. Recapture her world at the Jane Austen Centre and learn about Regency fashions at the Fashion Museum, located in the stunning and historic Assembly Rooms . Be sure to see the Pulteney Bridge over the River Avon, lined with shops and said to be patterned after the Ponte Vecchio in Florence, Italy.

You can visit this UNESCO World Heritage city as part of an 11-hour Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London tour, accompanied by a guide who will explain the history as you explore the famous Roman Baths.

Alternatively, getting to Bath from London yourself is pretty easy, with regular train services covering the 100 miles in just 90 minutes. Driving is also doable, but factoring in parking on the city outskirts and bussing in adds at least another 30-45 minutes to your trip, each way.

A beautiful medieval city in its own right, Canterbury is best known for the soaring Canterbury Cathedral, a UNESCO World Heritage Site . Home to the Archbishop of Canterbury, this cathedral has been the center of English Christianity since St. Augustine, its first bishop, converted the Anglo-Saxons here in 597.

The cathedral was also the site of the murder of Archbishop Thomas Becket in 1170, an event memorialized in TS Elliot's Murder in the Cathedral . Along with strolling the charming streets of medieval houses, step outside the city walls to visit the remains of St. Augustine's Abbey and the graves of St. Augustine and King Ethelbert.

You can tour Canterbury Cathedral with an expert guide on the Leeds Castle, Cliffs of Dover and Canterbury Day Trip from London with Guided Cathedral Tour , a 10-hour excursion from the city by a comfortable coach that also includes two more of southern England's outstanding sights.

If you're only interested in Canterbury, this picturesque 65-mile journey through the heart of Kent can easily be done yourself in about two hours by car or train each way.

• Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Canterbury

With an early morning departure by the fast Eurostar train, you can be across the Channel for a full day's sightseeing in magical Paris from London in under 3 hours. You could take a car, but the additional 2 or 3 hours needed to cover the 300-mile route only works if you're planning on staying longer and touring more of France.

By train, however, you can reasonably expect to see several of the top Paris tourist attractions , including the Eiffel Tower and the magnificent 45-foot-tall stained-glass windows of Ste-Chapelle. You'll even have time to admire the highlights of the Louvre or the Impressionist collections at the Musée d'Orsay. All in a single day, and still be back in London for bedtime.

Alternatively, you could spend the day exploring the charming streets and attractions of the Left Bank. Here, you can spend time browsing in boutiques, pausing in cafés to absorb the Parisian atmosphere, and taking a leisurely cruise on the Seine for views of Paris landmarks.

Choose whether you want to explore Paris with the expert help of a guide, or independently on a Paris Rail Day Trip from London with an Optional Guided Tour or Sightseeing Bus tour . The fully escorted rail tour option includes a guided Paris city tour, a sightseeing cruise on the Seine River, and time to explore. The independent tour option includes a Paris hop-on-hop-off bus tour and time to explore the city as you wish.

Until the hit British TV series Downton Abbey was filmed here , very few people had heard of the stunning English manor house of Highclere Castle . Now its opulent halls, the Red Stairs, the music room, the sumptuous saloon, and even the bedrooms are a familiar sight to audiences all over the world.

The castle is open to visitors both for seasonal public viewings and for special tours for smaller groups that are themed around food, gardens, or the filming of Downton Abbey . Not far from Highclere are several other locations that fans will recognize as settings, including the Cotswolds village of Bampton , featured as Downton Village.

Get the inside scoop on the hit series by taking the Small Group Tour of Downton Abbey and the Village Tour of Locations from London . On this full-day tour, you'll visit the little village in Oxfordshire that doubled as Downton and hear behind-the-scenes stories about the series. Then you'll continue on to Highclere with time to explore the castle and gardens independently. The tour includes Highclere admission and return transport.

If you prefer to go it alone, you'll want to rent a car for the 67-mile journey to Highclere. If you do, you'll get there in around 2 hours, ensuring you'll have a full day to explore the famous manor home, plus even a little time to explore the historic city of Winchester , just a 20-mile drive to the south.

Address: Highclere Park, Highclere, Newbury, Hampshire

Around 30 miles northwest of London, the studio where the Harry Potter films were produced is filled with original sets, costumes, and props used in re-creating the world inhabited by J.K. Rowling's characters. Visitors can step into the Great Hall and Diagon Alley, see the actual Hogwarts Express on Platform 9 ¾, and stand in the Forbidden Forest.

The actual costumes are on display, along with props, including the hundreds of potion jars lining the walls of the classroom, each with its own individually designed labels and spooky contents, from shrunken heads to dried animal bones. Exhibits explain how magical creatures were crafted and brought to life, and how special and visual effects made Harry and other characters fly.

The studios are about an hour's drive from Oxford where many of the scenes were shot. You can experience the studio and visit a few Oxford shooting locations, such as Bodleian Library, Christ Church College, and other university buildings used in the films, on the Warner Bros. Studio Tour London - The Making of Harry Potter and Oxford Day Trip from London .

Another good option is to take the train for the 70-minute journey, hopping on a bus in Watford which will deposit you at the attraction. If you drive, stop at nearby St. Albans for a few hours. This often-overlooked city is home to one of the most unusual, uncrowded cathedrals in England.

Address: Studio Tour Drive, Leavesden, Watford, Hertfordshire

On a hot summer day, when you want to escape the city's soaring temperatures and head for the seaside, Brighton is the place to go. Getting from London to Brighton , a distance of 55 miles and around an hour's travel time, is easy and well worth the time and effort.

Not only is there a great beach and the charmingly retro Palace Pier loaded with old-fashioned penny arcades and entertainment, but Brighton also boasts many fun things to do . Highlights include shopping in the historic Lanes, eating fish and chips on the seafront, or spending time on the beaches .

The prime tourist attraction is the famous Royal Pavilion & Garden . This stunning structure was built for George IV and is pure frothy fantasy, a multi-domed and minareted faux-Indian palace faced in cream-colored tiles.

The interior is equally exotic and is furnished with Chinese wallpapers, silks, bamboo and lacquer furniture, and Oriental-themed art. The chandelier in the banqueting hall is a glittering tower held in place by a dragon.

Address: 4/5 Pavilion Buildings, Brighton, East Sussex

One hundred miles northwest of London, the Elizabethan market town of Stratford-upon-Avon is known primarily as the birthplace of William Shakespeare . But even without this famous poet and playwright, its importance as a stage and research center for his works, Stratford-upon-Avon is worth visiting for its charming half-timbered homes and the historic Stratford-upon-Avon Canal.

Most tourists come here, however, to follow in the footsteps of Shakespeare, visiting his well-preserved birthplace and several other homes of those associated with him. About a mile from the town center is the lovely thatched cottage of Shakespeare's wife, Anne Hathaway, with its cottage garden.

Just 9 miles from Stratford-upon-Avon is medieval Warwick Castle with its impressive ramparts. You can tour the huge castle complex from the top of its towers to the dungeons and watch jousting matches or demonstrations of falconry and other medieval skills. Its theme park atmosphere provides plenty of things to do with children. Afterward, spend time exploring the historic town center and Warwick attractions , including the medieval Lord Leycester Hospital.

Warwick Castle and Shakespeare's birthplace are easy to combine with two other highlights of this part of England on the Oxford, Cotswolds, Stratford-upon-Avon, and Warwick Castle Day Trip from London . After traveling from the city by coach, you'll have plenty of time to tour the castle and explore the Shakespeare sights.

Thanks to good road and rail connections, both of these historic English cities are doable in a day either by car or train.

• Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Stratford-upon-Avon

Every inch the equal to Oxford, Cambridge is as popular a day trip destination as it is for those wanting a fun weekend break . Only an hour (60 miles) from London by train or car, this university city offers plenty of great attractions that are walkable from the train station, meaning it's easy to cross off multiple places to visit in a day.

Start your exploration at Cambridge University Botanic Garden . Just a five-minute walk from the station, this 40-acre site is a great place for a picnic or a coffee break before delving deeper into the city.

From here, it's only a 15-minute stroll to the Fitzwilliam Museum . Set in an impressive Neoclassical structure built in 1816, this museum is home to rare antiquities from across Europe as well as many artworks by the world's leading painters.

You'll want to spend the bulk of your remaining time exploring some of the 31 colleges of Cambridge University itself, some of them dating back to medieval times. Highlights include King's College and its famous chapel; Queens' College , home to the remarkable Mathematical Bridge ; and Trinity College with its attractive grounds.

For a truly memorable Cambridge experience, take a "punt" along the River Cam. These flat-bottomed vessels are propelled by a long "setting pole" that's thrust into the shallow river to push the boat forward. They can be rented by the hour, or better still, find a punt that comes with a tour guide and punter.

Read More: Top-Rated Tourist Attractions in Cambridge, England

This imposing Jacobean Hatfield House is surrounded by beautiful parkland and was designed at the beginning of the 17th century for the Earl of Salisbury (the home remains in the family today). The magnificent interior contains valuable period furniture, paintings and 17th-century tapestries in one of the largest and most impressive Jacobean mansions in England.

In addition to the house, the spectacular gardens and park encompass Hatfield Park Farm , complete with animals, a miniature train, play areas, and a restaurant.

Only an hour north of London by train (around the same by car if the traffic's light), it's well worth making this 22-mile journey for a pleasant day out in the Hertfordshire countryside.

Location: Hatfield, Hertfordshire

After all that historic sightseeing, Chessington World of Adventures , about 12 miles south of London, is a great place to unwind, particularly for those traveling with kids. One of Britain's biggest theme parks, Chessington features thrilling roller coasters and rides in its several themed areas, which include Market Square, Mystic East, Pirates Cove, Transylvania, and Land of the Dragons.

Chessington is also famous for its zoo (it's how the park began in 1931), today split into areas including the Children's Zoo, the Sea Life Centre, and AMAZU Treetop Adventure. The zoo features over 1,000 exotic animals, including tigers, lions, gorillas, monkeys, and penguins.

Just 17 miles from central London, this is yet another great day trip from London where you'll want to forego the car and opt for public transit, which will get you there in just over an hour.

Address: Leatherhead Road, Chessington, Surrey

The Royal Horticultural Society's showpiece garden, the 350-acre RHS Garden Wisley , showcases the widest range of gardening styles and techniques in the world. Among its nearly two dozen different gardens are a walled garden, alpine meadow, cottage garden, rose garden, mixed borders, and a Bonsai Walk.

The Glasshouse features plants from tropical, moist temperate, and dry temperate habitats. The woodland garden, Battleston Hill, is its most beautiful in the spring, when its winding paths are bordered in blooming camellias, magnolias, rhododendrons, and azaleas. One of the oldest, constructed between 1910 and 1912, is the naturalistic Rock Garden, showcasing alpine plants with dwarf conifers.

The newest, opened in 2017, is the Exotic Garden, filled with palms, ginger, banana plants, and large vibrant tropical blossoms you might not expect to see flourishing outdoors in northern European latitudes.

If driving the 25-mile distance from London to the gardens, you can expect to spend just under an hour on the road. You can travel the same distance by train and bus in 90 minutes.

Address: Wisley Lane, Wisley, Woking, Surrey

Originally a 15th-century monastery, Syon House in Brentford was one of the architectural jewels on the periphery of London, especially from the point of view of its interior, redesigned in the 18th century by architect Robert Adam.

As well as its imposing columns and statues, valuable paintings and fine silken wall coverings, Syon House is noted for its 54-acre park and gardens, which include the magnificent Great Conservatory built in the 1920s.

Just 10 miles from Central London, you can easily get here by bus or tube, with a journey time of around 45 minutes. Either way entails a little walking, but it's only a few minute's stroll through a pleasant park.

Two other excellent museums in Brentford are the Kew Bridge Steam Museum with its working steam engines, and the Musical Museum at Kew Bridge with its fine collection of automated musical instruments.

Address: London Road, Brentford, Middlesex

This lovely 300-year-old National Trust property features a serpentine lake, an island with a pavilion, a turf amphitheater, and numerous pleasant viewpoints and vistas. Located 21 miles southwest of London and accessible either by rail (plus a short bus ride) or car, Claremont Landscape Gardens are where many of England's best-known gardeners have left their mark, most notably Capability Brown .

Other highlights include a grotto, Camellia Terrace, Belvedere Tower and a café. There's also the Victorian Thatched Cottage , a great place for younger kids to play and dress up in period costumes.

Address: Portsmouth Road, Esher, Surrey

The Brooklands Museum in Weybridge is one of Surrey's most popular museums and is home to the only Concorde in the southeast with public access. Brooklands opened as a racetrack in 1907 and is now famous as the birthplace of British motorsport and aviation.

Just 21 miles from London and easily accessible by a 30-minute train ride and a 20-minute walk, the museum contains the Malcolm Campbell Workshop, a racing car collection, a Wellington bomber rescued from Loch Ness, and an aircraft collection spanning 85 years.

Another excellent display of aircraft can be seen at the De Havilland Aircraft Museum in London Colney, Hertfordshire . The oldest aviation museum in Britain, the museum has three historic Mosquito fighter-bombers as well as a variety of jet fighters.

Location: Brooklands Road, Weybridge, Surrey

This National Trust property located near Heathrow Airport is a stunning 18th century Georgian villa set in 140 acres of parkland with an interior designed by Robert Adam. Once the home of Thomas Gresham, founder of the Royal Exchange, it was described in his time as the "palace of palaces."

The house is preserved exactly as it would have looked in the 1780s. The estate also includes colorful formal gardens, roses and vegetable beds, as well as a lovely summer house with lemon trees and scented shrubs.

Just a 10-minute drive (4 miles) from Heathrow Airport, Osterley Park and House makes for an excellent final stop before catching your plane home.

Location: Jersey Road, Isleworth, Middlesex

Southern England's climate is temperate, so extremes of heat and cold are rare. But late March to mid-June, and September to mid-November, are likely to have the least rainfall . If you plan to visit several of the gardens, most are at their height in May and June, but there will be something in bloom, and the gardens will be lovely from spring through fall. Remember, Kew Gardens has extensive glasshouses, so there's plenty to see there year-round.

London hotel prices are the cheapest during the off-season: November and January through March. The highest rates are from mid-June through August. If you plan day trips to several stately homes, consider December. Even though the weather may be cold, most of them decorate for the holidays, some quite spectacularly.

A few of the tourist attractions above are accessible on a Visitor Oyster Card , the preferred London transport pass for tourists. You can buy these online or at any Visit Britain shop. Fares are determined by which zones you will be traveling in. You can also simply "tap in, tap out" using your credit card, an easy and convenient option that's available on most train, underground, and bus services.

Kew Gardens is in Zone 3 and has its own station, about 500 meters from the garden's Victoria Gate. It is served by the Richmond branch of the District Line.

Oyster cards are accepted on trains to Hampton Court, leaving from London Waterloo station at half-hour intervals. For Syon House and Conservatory, you can take the Piccadilly Line to Boston Manor, then an E8 bus to Brentlea Gate bus stop. Hatfield, unfortunately, is just outside the Oyster Card Zone.

The two theme parks, Chessington World of Adventures and Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio are especially appealing to young visitors. But historic sites and even gardens often have features specially designed for children.

Hampton Court Palace has excellent programs and special brochures to engage children, as well as costumed performers who impersonate, often humorously, figures from the palace's history, bringing them to life for kids.

Warwick Castle is filled with theme park activities and experiences that include learning swordplay and, for older kids, an interactive dungeon tour. The Brooklands Museum will interest auto-crazy teens with its racing cars, and younger kids will like the Hatfield Park Farm animals and miniature train rides.

More on England

Europe Chevron

United Kingdom Chevron

England Chevron

London Chevron

The 21 Best Day Trips From London

By Condé Nast Traveller and Anna Prendergast

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals—but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk, a seaside jaunt, or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours—and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 21 of our favorite day trips from London, in no particular order.

Read our complete London travel guide here .

All listings featured on  Condé Nast Traveler are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase something through our links, we may earn an affiliate commission. This article originally appeared on Condé Nast Traveller UK .

Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colorful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II–although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens–The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favorites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colorful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets.– Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cosy setting.

Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve

Think of day trips to Kent and you’ll probably skip straight over the Isle of Sheppey. Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbours. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland–the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful walking trails to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cosy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit.– Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay – all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled organized day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts–of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cider tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep.– Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favor of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up – you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton–the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses, spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake – try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or–for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu–refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent–one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe.

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cozy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road.– Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

Arati Menon

Hannah Towey

Maya Silver

Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline, for example, is a short stroll from the city centre and tramps through woodland, meadows and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented–Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident–and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways) or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass.– Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

Read more about the best things to do in Bath, Somerset

The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy).– Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favorite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position – wedged between woodland and the coast – and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity – save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummeled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-colored buildings and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops – The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove–before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford – quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening – specializes in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…). If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath–the neighboring town also has a plethora of pubs – and catch the train back to London from there.– Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cosier, countryside version of its arty neighbour. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate, but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair.– Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colors and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12 – via a dozen or so oysters – then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbour. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favorite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand.– Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye–order the halloumi hash–pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato and thyme tortellini in a rich ragu) draws loyal locals.– Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favourite things to do in Rye

Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older–much older–wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found–reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. – Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refueling stops along the way (our favorite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station) but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighboring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses.– Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages –there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops–don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favorite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons – grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts – the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavours and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach–the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), hand-painted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewelry to books–Alexis Dove is a favorite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops – throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit – before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory – this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants–The Ship Inn, The Mariner, and The Captain’s Table–lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go – the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-grey, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage – it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it – The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artefacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho–a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but student-y enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit –the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: welly-wielding outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

AA Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers and the odd friendly pheasant–no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cosy Hatch Inn (one of our favorite country pubs near London) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park–locally known as ‘the viewpoint’–for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favorite weekend breaks in the UK .

Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment–single-story buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here – but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back Googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness–try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colors and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze–and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerizing, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star, Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu’.

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London, such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighbouring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two East Sussex enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into The Crown for cozy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.

Recommended

By signing up you agree to our User Agreement (including the class action waiver and arbitration provisions ), our Privacy Policy & Cookie Statement and to receive marketing and account-related emails from Traveller. You can unsubscribe at any time. This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

17 Absolute Best Day Trips from London (+ How to Visit, Top Tours & Map)

By Author Jurga

Posted on Last updated: January 10, 2024

London is an amazing city with so much to offer that you could spend weeks and still not see it all. But in addition to all the top sights and attractions in the city itself , there are also so many beautiful places near London, many of which can easily be visited as a day trip from London.

However, with such an array of possibilities, how do you choose the very best day trips from London that are worth your time the most?

In this article, we feature the absolute best places that you can visit as a one-day trip from London, England . This guide includes all the ‘musts’, the very best day trip destinations near London for first-time visitors, but also for local travelers who want to (re)discover some of the most popular sights near London.

In addition, for each place, we include recommendations on how to visit on your own and also the best day tours from London . Because even though you can visit many of these places by train, often, you will be able to see so much more if you go on an organized tour.

Many tours combine several major landmarks in one day, allowing you to make the most of your time and see a lot in a short time. Furthermore, going with a local guide is a great opportunity to explore deeper, scratch beneath the surface, and discover things you didn’t even know existed…

Good to know: At the bottom of this article, you can find a map indicating all the places that you can easily visit as a day trip from London mentioned in this guide. It will give you a better idea of where everything is.

TIP: If you don’t have the time to read the entire article and are looking for the best day trips from London, here are the 4 most popular day tours among our readers:

• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath (also in combination with Roman Baths that you can add when booking).
• Cotswolds .
• Harry Potter Studio (also in combination with Oxford).
• Seven Sisters & South Downs .

Interesting to know: Overall, the most-visited day trip destinations from London are Windsor Castle and Harry Potter Studios.

These are the best & most popular day trips from London:

1. Windsor Castle

If you visit just one place outside of London city, make it Windsor Castle ! Located just 20 miles (32 km) from the city center, a day trip to Windsor is a must on any London bucket list!

The spectacular Windsor Castle is one of the queen’s official residences and has been home to the royal family for 900 years! Kings and queens have been buried here, including the infamous Henry VIII and Jayne Seymour, his third wife. Most recently, Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, is also buried at St George’s Chapel at Windsor Castle.

An excellent example of church architecture in medieval times, Windsor Castle is still used for royal receptions and state occasions. In recent years it has been the venue of the weddings of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle, and Princess Eugenie and Jack Brooksbank.

Open all year round, Windsor Castle is a great way to explore royal history, from touring the Castle Precincts to viewing the lavish staterooms and apartments. The Castle Grounds are both beautiful and peaceful and from there you can observe the iconic Changing of the Guard, which normally happens at 11 am on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays, from April until the end of July.

Good to know. At the moment, Windsor Castle is open daily except for Tuesdays and Wednesdays. Because it’s a working royal palace, sometimes parts of the castle or even the entire castle can get closed on short notice. Below, you can find all the practical information for your visit. Read on!

How to visit. You can easily get to Windsor by train from London. There’s a direct train from London Waterloo Station and it takes about 1 hour. From Windsor & Eton Riverside station, it’s just a short walk to the castle. Be sure to book your Windsor Castle tickets online in advance ! This is the best option for those who prefer to take their time and explore the castle at their own pace.

If you come here for a day, be sure to check out Windsor and Eton towns as well! The best way to do this is by taking a hop-on hop-off bus in Windsor . Another nice thing to do is take a boat tour and enjoy different views of the castle from the river.

Good to know: Entry to Windsor Palace is also included with the London Pass , which offers good value if you spend more time in London and plan on visiting many popular tourist attractions and museums.

Best tours from London. Windsor Castle is the most popular day trip destination near London, so there are many tours that can bring you here as well. Most tours that visit the castle also include one or several other nice places nearby – perfect for those who are short on time and want to make the most of their day.

Here are the most popular day tours from London that visit Windsor Castle:

• Windsor Castle only – this is a convenient bus transfer from/ to London that also includes the tickets to the castle. This tour takes about 4 hours in total – the fastest way to visit Windsor Castle from London.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – the most popular full-day tour from London.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – with an option to visit Roman Baths.

2. Stonehenge

Stonehenge is one of the world’s most famous prehistoric monuments and another extremely popular destination for London day trips. Built almost 5000 years ago by farmers in the Neolithic period, this is a spiritual and architectural wonder that many people consider an absolute must-see in the UK!

Historians still debate its original purpose, although most agree that it was probably built for spiritual reasons. Meanwhile, engineers marvel at the extraordinary skill and size of the construction project, which must have involved hundreds of workers given the very simple tools they had available at the time.

Whilst the main attraction at this UNESCO World Heritage Site is the mystical Stone Circle itself, you can also view the 5 on-site Neolithic houses. Their design was based on the remains of houses from this period that were discovered during a nearby excavation in 2006.

You can step through the doors of these houses to see just how the builders of Stonehenge might have lived thousands of years ago, with each house equipped with replica axes, pottery, and artifacts.

How to visit . Stonehenge is located about 90 miles (145 km) from London. There are no direct trains to Stonehenge, but you can take a train to Salisbury train station and then take The Stonehenge Tour Bus service from there. The easiest way to get here from London is either by car or by tour. If you drive, prepare for very busy traffic and count at least 2 hours one way. If you go without a tour, be sure to book your admission tickets online in advance !

Best tours from London. Since Stonehenge is quite a drive from the city, but it doesn’t require that much time to visit, it’s usually included as one of the sights of some of the most popular day tours from London.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Stonehenge from London:

• Stonehenge only – a very popular half-day tour (morning or afternoon) that includes transportation and entrance tickets. It takes about 6 hours and is the fastest way to visit Stonehenge from London.
• Stonehenge & Bath – the most relaxing full-day tour.
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath – a very complete tour that also includes an entry to the Roman Baths.

Bath is one of the most beautiful cities in the UK and the most popular town that you can easily visit as a day trip from London. This picturesque historic city is filled with stunning examples of honey-colored Georgian architecture and some of the most photographed buildings in the world.

Perhaps the most famous feature of this UNESCO World Heritage City is the ancient Roman Baths built around thermal springs and supplying water for over 2,000 years. Whilst the Baths are open for you to view, no bathing has been allowed there since 1978. Instead, the much more modern Thermae Bath Spa was opened in 2006, containing the only natural hot spring in England in which you are allowed to bathe.

In the city stands the magnificent Bath Abbey , with its unique ‘ladder of angels’ on the west front. This feature was inspired by Bath’s Bishop at that time, who saw angels ascending and descending in a dream. You will also see the iconic ‘Royal Crescent’ – 30 Grade I listed terraced houses built in the late 18th century, arranged in a crescent around a verdant lawn overlooking Royal Victoria Park.

Another architectural gem is the Circus , also built in the latter half of the 18th century. This historic street of large townhouses forms a circle, which is how it got its name (Circus is Latin for a ring, circle, or oval).

And perhaps most beautiful of all is the romantic Pulteney Bridge , with its small, leaded domes, pilasters, and pediments. The bridge was named after the wife of William Johnstone Pulteney, an important figure in Bath at that time and owner of much of the surrounding land. A popular thing to do in Bath is to take a short boat trip on River Avon – it allows you to easily see some of the main sights of Bath in a short time.

How to visit. Bath is about 120 miles (195 km), about 2.5 hours drive from London. If you drive, be sure to stop at Stonehenge along the way! The fastest way to get to Bath from London is by train – it takes less than 1.5 hours. And there are also many tours that visit Bath from London, usually in combination with other beautiful places nearby.

TIP. If you visit Bath on your own, you may want to take a walking tour of the city. It’s the best way to see a lot in a short time – you’ll be sure not to miss any important places, but it also gives you a better insight into the history and architecture of this unique town.

Best tours from London. Since Bath is so close to Stonehenge, most tours from London visit both of these places together. In addition, some tours also include one or several other places nearby.

Here are the most popular day tours from London to Bath:

• Stonehenge & Bath .
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath .
• Stonehenge and Bath Tour with Secret Site – a very highly rated small group tour.

One of the UK’s most famous university towns, Oxford is also a place that you can easily visit as a day trip from London.

Oxford University was established in the 12th century and is one of the oldest universities in the world. The university is composed of 38 separate college buildings, whose architecture inspired the poet Matthew Arnold to name it the ‘City of Dreaming Spires’ (see the picture of the All Souls College below, and you’ll understand where the name comes from).

Some scenes in the Harry Potter movies were filmed in Oxford, so it can be fun to try and spot them as you tour the city. Harry Potter fans can also opt for this popular walking tour of the filming locations .

In the heart of the city center is Christ Church College , home to the magnificent Hall and Christ Church Cathedral with its landmark spire and Tom Tower. The gardens of the 12th-century Cathedral inspired Lewis Carroll to write ‘Alice in Wonderland’. You can hunt for features of the story, such as the Alice in Wonderland motives in one of the large windows in the Great Dining Hall.

The Cathedral also contains the shrine and tomb of Saint Frideswide, the patron saint of Oxford. Christ Church College – one of Oxford University’s largest colleges – has lots more for visitors to see, from the famous Bodley Tower to the stunning Meadow Building.

There are two main museums that are well worth seeing during a visit to Oxford. Founded in 1683, the Ashmolean Museum is Oxford University’s museum of art and archaeology. Free to enter, it’s a great place to learn all about human culture and societies across the world and throughout time, with its collections including everything from Egyptian mummies to contemporary works of art.

The Oxford University Museum of Natural History , meanwhile, houses a captivating collection of natural specimens, covering everything from Earth’s beginnings to a look inside an active beehive!

Connecting two parts of Hertford College is the Hertford Bridge , popularly known as the ‘Bridge of Sighs’. Named after its resemblance to Venice’s Bridge of Sighs , this particular bridge is a skyway that allows students to travel from one building to another. Designed by Sir Thomas Jackson and completed in 1914, this photo-worthy bridge is best viewed from the steps of the University’s Bodleian Library (another must-see in Oxford).

How to visit. Oxford is just 60 miles (95 km), 1.5 hours drive from London. There are also direct trains from London and the journey takes about 1 hour – this is the best way to visit Oxford on your own. There are also organized tours that visit Oxford from London – usually in combination with one or two other places nearby.

TIP: If you visit Oxford for a day, consider this walking tour . It takes just 1.5 hours and is a great way to learn more about the city and the university. River cruises are also very popular and are a fun way to explore Oxford!

Best tours from London. While you could easily fill an entire day in Oxford, most one-day tours from London only spend a few hours here and combine a visit here with several other places.

Here are the most popular tours that visit Oxford from London:

• Harry Potter Studio Tour & Oxford – a bucket list day trip for all Harry Potter fans!
• Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Oxford – see three of the most popular locations in one day.
• Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – this is a great tour for those who want to see the English countryside. It’s also a nice addition to the popular Windsor, Stonehenge, and Bath tours mentioned above. If you do two of these tours, you get to see most of the nicest day trip destinations near London in just two days.

5. Cotswolds

The scenic traditional towns and stone villages of the Cotswolds is one of the most popular London day trips for those who want to experience the true English countryside. This area is so picturesque! Below, you can find an overview of the most beautiful places not to miss.

Minster Lovell village is the home of Minster Lovell Hall and Dovecote, which sits on the banks of the River Windrush. This 15th-century Oxfordshire manor house was built by William, Baron of Lovell and Holand – one of England’s richest men at the time. The house was eventually abandoned and now only the substantial ruins remain, giving lots of wonderful photographic opportunities against their beautiful rural backdrop.

A Cotswold village of outstanding beauty is Bibury , with its gorgeous stone buildings that run along the banks of the River Coln. Here you can see the iconic Arlington Row – a series of buildings that were originally built as a monastic wool store but were later converted into cottages. Now owned by the National Trust, Arlington Row is considered to be so quintessentially English that its image appears on the inside cover of UK passports.

Another village well worth visiting is Buford , with its 3 arched medieval bridges across the River Windrush. Famous for its High Street which runs down toward the river, Buford is popular for antique shopping and boasts lots of good restaurants, pubs, and tea rooms. It’s also home to a hotel in which King Charles dined with his mistress, Nell Gwynne.

Whilst there are many contenders for the title, most people will agree that Bourton-on-the-Water is the prettiest village in England. Also known as the ‘Venice of the Cotswolds’, this ‘must-see’ village is named for the many beautiful bridges that cross its river at the center. Located in a small valley, Bourton-on-the-Water has many charming tea rooms and restaurants, plus a range of eclectic shops including pottery and the Cotswold Perfumery. Don’t miss the popular model village, which is a 1/9th scale replica of the entire center of the village.

If you are lucky enough to be visiting on the afternoon of the August Bank Holiday Monday, you’ll witness one of the village’s more curious traditions, in which a local team plays a full game of football right in the River Windrush. This bizarre game of soccer has been filmed and reported all over the world!

If you have more time in this area, here are some more really nice villages to see in the Cotswolds: Castle Combe, Stow-on-the-Wold, Cirencester, Chipping Campden, Blockley, and Stanton .

How to visit. The Cotswolds are about 30 minutes drive west of Oxford and about 2 hours drive from London. Since the main attractions of the Cotswolds are its various villages, the best way to visit here is either by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. The beautiful Cotswolds region is just a short drive from Oxford, so many tours combine the two places. There are also popular Downton Abbey filming location tours that combine a visit here to that of the Highclere Castle, but because of time restraints, you usually only see one village on these tours.

Here is an overview of the most popular Cotswolds tours from London:

• Cotswolds only – this is the best tour for those who want to explore the Cotswolds deeper as it visits several of the nicest villages and allows you more time to experience this beautiful area.
• Oxford, Stratford, and Cotswolds – the most popular day tour.
• Oxford and Cotswolds Villages – the best small-group tour.
• Stonehenge, Stratford-Upon-Avon, Bath, and Cotswolds – this tour is packed, but well organized and you get to see some of the best places in a very short time.

6. Stratford-upon-Avon

Stratford-upon-Avon is a small medieval market town and also a very popular place to see near London. The birthplace of William Shakespeare is probably at the top of most people’s must-see lists and the main reason to visit here.

The timber-framed house on Henley Street is where Shakespeare not only spent part of his childhood but also the first 5 years of his marriage after his father’s death in 1601. Live presentations from guides dressed in period costumes and the carefully restored Tudor rooms bring history to life.

In the many Tudor-style buildings of Stratford, you’ll also find 3 theatres owned by The Royal Shakespeare Company. They perform plays by Shakespeare, his contemporaries, and other, later writers. The Royal Shakespeare Theatre is situated on the banks of the River Avon, panoramic views of which can be enjoyed from the theatre’s tower.

Also on the River Avon is the Swan Theatre , built on the side of the Royal Theatre and offering a more intimate atmosphere. The third theatre – the Other Place – is smaller and used as a center for performing arts.

For a taste of old-fashioned romance, pay a visit to Anne Hathaway’s Cottage a bit outside of town. This beautiful 500-year-old building was originally a farmhouse and was where William Shakespeare courted Anne, his future wife. Incredibly picturesque, the cottage still contains original features and furnishings and is surrounded by beautiful gardens.

Another must-see is the Hall’s Croft , the house of Shakespeare’s daughter, with stunning gardens. Inside, you can find original 16-17th-century furniture, paintings, and other items.

How to visit. Stratford-upon-Avon is about 100 miles (160 km), 2 hours drive from London. If you don’t have a car, the easiest way to visit here on a day trip from London is by joining a tour.

Best tours from London. Most tours visiting Stratford-upon-Avon from London combine it with other places nearby and only spend a few hours here. They usually include a guided walk in the town center and sometimes a visit to Shakespeare’s birthplace.

Here is a small selection of the best day tours from London:

• Shakespeare’s Stratford & Cotswolds – this is one of the few tours that spend more time in Stratford and also visits Anne Hathaway’s Cottage. It also brings you to three villages in the Cotswolds.
• Oxford, Stratford, & Cotswolds – this popular tour spends about 2 hours in Stratford and covers more ground in a day.

7. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour

Fans of Harry Potter – and even those who have yet to experience the wizardly wonder of the movies – will enjoy a visit to the fascinating Warner Bros. studio near London . It’s one of the most popular day tours from London (after Windsor Castle), and a must if visiting London with kids .

Here, you can see firsthand some of the amazing sets used in the film’s production, including the Great Hall of Hogwarts (which went on to be used in 6 more films) and the Forbidden Forest filled with 19 trees, each with a diameter of over 12 feet. You can even see The Hogwarts Express locomotive at the elusive Platform 9¾.

There are prop rooms where you can take a close-up look at look at the elaborate props used in the Harry Potter movies. There are almost 2,000 potion jars and memory vials, all with labels hand-designed by the Graphics Department. You can also see Weasleys’ Wizard Wheezes, which took 3 months to build and was intended to look as much as possible as a real 18th-century storefront.

If you have an interest in the making of movies, you will enjoy other parts of the studio as well. The Special and Visual Effects section reveals how some of the more incredible scenes were created, including how Harry and his friends were made invisible by the Invisibility Cloak and how they appeared to fly! Even more captivating is the Creature Effects section, where you can learn how the magical creatures in the Harry Potter films were created and brought to life.

A visit to the Making of Harry Potter Studio provides a magical and educational experience for adults and children alike. If you are looking for a fun relaxing day trip near London, this is a great option for the whole family!

How to visit. Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio is located in Leavesden, Watford, about 20 miles from London city center. But because of the busy traffic, it’s quite a long drive. There’s a train from London to Watford, from where you’ll have to take a bus to the studios – the journey will take you over 1 hour not counting the time to get to the station. There are also several companies offering bus transfers from London – see below.

Best tours from London. The easiest way to get to Harry Potter Studios is by booking a transfer or a tour from London. That way you don’t have to worry about the tickets either.

This highly-rated  Harry Potter at Warner Bros. Studio Tour  departs from Victoria Station, close to Westminster Catedral in the city center. There is also a popular  tour that departs from King’s Cross . The prices are usually the same and include a bus transfer and tickets. You’ll need about 7-8 hours in total for this day trip.

PRO TIP: One of the most popular tours from London is this popular tour that includes a visit to the studios and also visits Oxford . It’s a truly magical day trip as Oxford is one of the places where Harry Potter movies were filmed.

8. Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace , one of the Tudor Palaces, was the former royal residence of King Henry VIII. In addition to Windsor, this is another really nice place to visit near London, especially if you are a fan of royal history.

Hampton Court is a huge, impressive baroque-style palace located at the River Thames and surrounded by stunning gardens and parkland . If you visit in spring, you can see the magnificent tulip festival. But the gardens have something nice to offer in every season, and there are various events at the Palace throughout the year.

The interior of the castle gives you a chance to take a glimpse into the daily life of royals in the 16-17th centuries. You can visit the impressive State Rooms and private apartments of William III . Also, don’t miss the kitchens of Henry VIII , where over 200 people worked in the past, cooking and serving more than 800 meals per day.

Another highlight is the magnificent Great Hall that was originally a dining room, but afterwards became a sort of theatre that was used for entertainment, plays, and dances. Back in the day, William Shakespeare performed his plays here. The highlights here include a series of tapestries showing scenes from the Book of Genesis and the impressive timber roof with Anne Bollaine’s coat-of-arms.

This is also a very nice place to visit for families, with a maze in the garden, fantastic play areas for children, and plenty of places for a picnic. When the weather is nice, you could easily spend an entire day just exploring the gardens.

How to visit. Hampton Court Palace is located on the outskirts of London, about 15 miles southwest of the city center. You can easily visit Hampton Court Palace from London by train. There is a train from London Waterloo Station to Surbiton Station, and from there to Hampton Court. It takes about 40 minutes.

In addition, there are also several tours – see below.

Good to know: Hampton Court Palace entry is included with the London Pass .

Tours from London. Because Hampton Court is quite easy to get to and explore on your own, there aren’t many organized tours. The best ones are private tours like this one ; it combines a visit to Hampton Court Palace with that of Windsor Castle. That way, you get to see two of the most impressive royal palaces near London in one day.

There are also some nice bike tours or boat tours that explore the surroundings of Hampton, starting from different locations nearby.

9. Brighton & Seven Sisters

If you are looking to escape the hustle and bustle of London and see some of the stunning nature of England, then definitely consider a day trip to the white cliffs of Seven Sisters and South Downs . At the same time, you can also visit one of the UK’s nicest coastal cities – Brighton .

Brighton is worth a trip in its own right, with all the little pleasures that a lively seaside resort has to offer. If you have some time to spare, check out the Royal Pavilion , an Asian-style palace that looks like it belongs in an Indian fairytale…

But for a sightseeing day trip from London, you can also opt for something slightly different and explore some of the beautiful nature outside of town as well.

The rolling hills of the South Downs offer so much to explore and enjoy, with spectacular views and popular spots with their own unique legends. One of the most famous is that of the Devil’s Dyke , a v-shaped dry valley whose creation was attributed to the work of the devil himself (although, as you will see, it’s far too beautiful for that!). The South Downs is also home to the Long Man of Wilmington – a 235 ft tall chalk figure on the side of a grassy hill and one of only two human hill figures in England.

Be sure to check out Beachy Head , which – at 535 feet – is the highest chalk cliff on the southern coast of England. From the top, you can see miles of coastline in either direction, plus the candy-striped lighthouse that sits just out to sea. Nearby is the Birling Gap – one of the longest stretches of undeveloped coastline on the south coast. Here you can see coastal erosion firsthand, with the cliffs eroding up to a meter a year at certain points.

Another highlight of any visit to the South Downs is the Seven Sisters – an undulating line of white chalk cliffs, each hill with its own name. They are best viewed from Seaford Head , where you can see evidence of an 8th hill beginning to form from the erosion of the sea.

TIP: Any visit to the Downs must include a visit to the popular Middle Farm , which offers such delicacies as local cheese, sparkling wines, and traditional Sussex cider.

How to visit. South Downs and the Seven Sisters are located near Brighton in south England. While you can easily get to Brighton by train from London, you’ll need a car for the other places. The best way to visit is with a tour – see below.

Best tours from London. There are just a few tours from London that visit this area. The best option is this highly-rated tour that includes a train ticket from London to Brighton and a small-group minibus tour of the sights along the coast. If you prefer to make your own way to Brighton, you can also book the same tour starting in Brighton .

TIP: If you rather book a private tour, there is one tour that offers a pick-up in your hotel in London and covers all these sights in and around Brighton.

10. Cambridge

Less than an hour by train from London, Cambridge is another beautiful town to visit for a day. Just as Oxford, it’s probably best known for its centuries-old University, and this beautiful town has lots of well-preserved historic buildings. But this medieval city is also a student town and has a very nice, relaxed atmosphere.

Don’t miss the King’s College Chapel , Queen’s College , Trinity College, and Wren Library . You can also climb to the top of the tower of Great St Mary’s Church for nice views over the city.

In addition to exploring the many colleges in the city (there are 31! of them), be sure to walk along the River Cam ! Also Cambridge has its own Bridge of Sighs . This covered bridge at St John’s College spans over the river and is a favorite photo spot for weddings as well as tourists visiting the town.

Other nice bridges worth seeing in Cambridge are the Mathematical Bridge , Clare College Bridge , King’s College Bridge , and there are many others.

A great way to explore the beautiful river, see the bridges, the town, and the surroundings is a punt tour . This traditional boat ride is a very typical thing to do in Cambridge – don’t miss it!

How to visit. Cambridge is just over 60 miles (95 km) north of London, and the easiest way to visit is by taking a direct train from King’s Cross Station in London. It takes less than 50 minutes, so you can easily visit Cambridge on your own, without a tour.

Once in Cambridge, you can take a walking tour with a local or explore on your own. The earlier mentioned punt tours on the river are also not to be missed.

Best tours from London. If you rather visit Cambridge with a tour from London, there are several options as well. We recommend this 2-in-1 tour that visits Cambridge and Oxford . That way, you get to see two university towns in one day.

11. Canterbury Cathedral & Leeds Castle

While Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral are over 20 miles apart, these two landmarks don’t require that much time and so are usually visited on the same day. In fact, they are usually combined with a short visit to Dover too, but more about it further below.

After a visit to Leeds Castle , you will not be able to help but agree with Lord Conway, who described it as ‘the loveliest castle in the world’. With a romantic, fairy-tale appearance, this 12th-century gem was built in the center of a natural lake, surrounded by 500 acres of beautiful gardens and parkland.

Leeds Castle was once used as a palace by Henry VIII and the private property of six medieval queens. Its rooms have been beautifully restored and give you the opportunity to learn all about its long and fascinating history.

In addition to the Lady Baillie Garden, which gives stunning views across the lake, the grounds also hold one of Kent’s most popular mazes, with 2,400 yew trees. Once you reach the maze’s center, a fascinating underground grotto takes you back to the real world!

One of the most famous and picturesque Christian buildings in England, Canterbury Cathedral was founded in 597, then extensively rebuilt from 1070 to 1077. It is the Cathedral of the leader of the Church of England, the Archbishop of Canterbury, and is still used for active worship.

The Cathedral contains the shrine of Archbishop Thomas Becket and you can stand on the spot upon which he was murdered, as told in Geoffrey Chaucer’s famous ‘Canterbury Tales’.

Also the medieval town center of Canterbury, with its cobbled streets and timber-framed houses, is a nice place to see if you have more time. It’s a popular day trip from London for locals. Also here, you can take traditional boat tours on the river.

How to visit. Unless you have a car, the easiest way to visit Leeds Castle and Canterbury Cathedral is by taking a tour. If you just visit one of these places, you could also get there by public transport. For Leeds Castle, you have to take a train to Ashford, followed by a bus trip to the castle. For Canterbury, there’s a direct train from London, and you can make a nice relaxing day trip by visiting this picturesque town.

Best tours from London. There are several tours from London that visit these places. You can find them here and they are all quite similar in terms of itinerary.

12. White Cliffs of Dover & Dover Castle

“There’ll be bluebirds over the white cliffs of Dover” went the words to the popular wartime song – and if you’re familiar with the song then it’s quite incredible to see the inspiring white cliffs for yourself. If you are looking for something different to see near London than historic towns and villages, Dover is a wonderful place to visit!

Composed of chalk, Dover’s cliffs are 350 ft high and stretch for 8 miles. They were on the front line of both world wars and were a critical part of England’s defenses at that time. Now, they provide wonderful views across the surrounding countryside and the English Channel. On clear days you can even look across and see France!

The unique chalky grassland habitat of the cliffs means that they are abundant in wildlife and you can see all sorts of flowers, butterflies, and birds as you walk, including the rarely spotted peregrine falcon.

You can either spend your visit simply enjoying the cliff-top views, or take a short trip to see Dover Castle too. Dover Castle is one of England’s biggest castles and was built in 1066 by William the Conqueror. Ironically, he built it to stop anyone from invading the country using the way in which he’d invaded it himself!

A visit to the Castle includes exploration of the tunnels that go deep into the cliffs, where you can learn all about the dramatic evacuation from Dunkirk and see the Underground Hospital that was used to treat injured soldiers in WWII.

How to visit. Dover is about 80 miles southeast of London. You can take a direct train to Dover from London and visit the town and the castle, and take a walk along the shore from where you can admire the beautiful white cliffs. Alternatively, you can also visit here with some day tours from London – see below.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that visit Dover from London, usually in combination with a few other places and Dover is often not more than a short photo stop. Here are the most popular day tours:

• Dover, Leeds Castle & Canterbury Cathedral – the most popular and best price/quality tour from London.
• Dover, Leeds Castle, Canterbury Cathedral & Greenwich – quite a full day, but you get to see a lot in a short time.

13. Blenheim Palace

Blenheim Palace is a very impressive country house in Woodstock, about 65 miles northwest of London. This is England’s only non-royal country house that actually holds the title of a palace.

The birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill currently the home of the 12th Duke of Marlborough, Blenheim Palace is a stunning example of 18th-century Baroque architecture. During your visit, you will see the magnificent staterooms, which are filled with priceless works of art and beautiful tapestries. A grade I listed building and World Heritage Site, Blenheim Palace also contains the finest collection of antiques to be found anywhere in Europe.

The gardens – set within over 754 hectares of land – are particularly wonderful to explore. Designed by the English landscape architect Capability Brown, there are several formal gardens to enjoy. Don’t miss the Rose Garden, the exquisite Water Terraces, the Secret Gardens, and the family-friendly Pleasure Gardens.

Historical monuments can be seen throughout, including the Column of Victory (built to commemorate the Duke of Marlborough’s military successes), the Grand Bridge which spans the two lakes and The Temple of Diana, where Sir Winston Churchill proposed to his future wife.

There are also a few recommended walks to take. Possibly the most beautiful is The Lake and Grand Cascade walk, which gives you breathtaking views of the countryside.

Good to know: The Palace and the grounds are so big and have so much to offer that you can easily spend an entire day here. In fact, many people find that one day isn’t even enough and many locals get a yearly pass for the Palace. However, many tours only spend a few hours here and just cover the main highlights. So how to visit depends on what you want to see and do here.

How to visit. The easiest way to visit Blenheim Palace is by car or with a tour, but you can also get here by public transport. From London Paddington Station, take a train to Hanborough (a bit over 1 hour), and from there, take a bus to the palace (it takes 7-10 minutes). If you want to spend an entire day at the palace, this is the best way to visit on a day trip from London.

Best tours from London. There are several tours that shortly visit Blenheim Palace from London. The best tour that spends more time at Palace is this Blenheim Palace, Downton Abbey Village & the Cotswolds tour. This tour also includes a few short photo stops at other popular locations nearby.

14. Downton Abbey Filming Locations

Downton Abbey filming locations close to Oxford and the Cotswolds make another popular day trip destination from London. There are two main places that you’ll want to see here – Bampton village and Highclere Castle .

Highclere Castle is a beautiful building and another fine example of luxurious life in the English countryside. It has been used for various film sets but became hugely popular since the filming of the TV series Downton Abbey . It’s now a very popular place to visit from Oxford or from London. The castle belongs to the Carnarvon family and is kept as it is, without turning it into a ‘theme park’ like some other castles in the area.

Another must-see for Downton Abbey fans is the beautiful village of Bampton . You’ll recognize many of the buildings here from the series, and it’s great fun to try to spot them during your visit!

Be sure to locate the home of Isobel Crawley, the church (actually named St. Mary’s), two fictional pubs – the Grantham Arms and the Dog and Duck – plus the Downton Cottage Hospital. The building used for the hospital is, in reality, the Bampton Community Archive, which houses a collection of old photos of the village and its people.

Bampton is a lovely village to visit in its own right. It is mentioned in the Domesday book of 1086 and was already a large settlement during the era of the Norman Conquest. On the other hand, it’s so small that you don’t need much time here.

How to visit. Highclere Castle is located about 65 miles (105 km) west of London, whereas Bampton village is about 30-40 miles from here, very close to Oxford. The best way to visit these places is either by car or by taking a tour.

Best tours from London. There are several tours visiting Downton Abbey filming locations from London. Some of the tours also visit Oxford, some others pass several villages of Cotswolds as well. This tour has the most complete itinerary covering most of the Downton Abbey filming locations.

The picturesque village of Lacock in rural Wiltshire near Bath is another place often visited on day tours from London. It’s a small village and you don’t need much time here, but it’s well worth a stop if touring the area.

The historic village of Lacock looks much as it did two centuries ago. Founded in the Saxon era, Lacock’s buildings originally made up part of a monastery complex (be sure to visit Lacock Abbey !). In the 19th century, it lost its main source of income from the wool industry, so very little development has taken place since then.

This means that this unspoiled little village gives an authentic look into days gone by. In fact, you can still see an old workhouse and medieval tithe barn in addition to the traditional stone cottages, with classic English pubs dotted throughout.

The village’s beauty makes it a popular choice as a TV and film location. Scenes from Pride and Prejudice were filmed here and Lacock Abbey was also used to film parts of Harry Potter.

Lacock was also used in Downtown Abbey, but because of its location, it’s usually a place you’d visit in combination with Bath and Stonehenge and not together with Highclere castle or Bampton. Unless you drive – in that case, you could make your own tour covering all three.

How to visit. Because of its rural location, Lacock is best visited by car or with a tour.

Best tours from London. There are many tours that stop in Lacock, usually in combination with a visit to Bath, Stonehenge, sometimes also with Windsor Castle. This is the most popular tour that also brings you to Lacock (in addition to Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath).

16. Warwick Castle

If you want to visit a real medieval castle near London, consider a day trip to Warwick Castle . With a history that goes back over 1000 years, a visit here takes you on a journey back in time, to a world of historic myths and battles for the English throne, but also lavish banquets, and royal splendor.

The castle was originally built as a wooden fort in 1068 and was rebuilt in stone in the 12th century. As you arrive, you enter over the footbridge and find an impressive medieval castle with ramparts and towers. You can climb the stairs of the castle walls and explore this impressive castle inside out.

A visit to Warwick Castle is very different than the others mentioned in this guide – it has something of a theme park feel if you like. There are various events, shows, attractions, archery and sword lessons, and lots of other fun experiences all year round.

This is one of those places where locals visit with their children during weekends and school holidays, but it’s also fun and entertaining for tourists. Even more so if you are traveling with a family.

How to visit. Warwick Castle is located about 100 miles (160km), 2 hours drive from London. If you want to spend more time at the castle, by far the easiest way to visit Warwick from London for a day is by train.

There are direct trains from London Marylebone Station to Warwick Railway Station, the journey takes about 1.5 hours. From the station, it’s about 20-30 minutes walk to the castle. Be sure to check the official website of the castle for more info and book your tickets in advance!

Best tours from London. Most tours from London that visit Warwick Castle do this in combination with Oxford and Stratford. Some also stop at one or two villages in the Cotswolds. Here you can find a selection of tours that include a visit to Warwick Castle .

17. Liverpool & The Beatles

While not exactly next door, we feel that Liverpool also deserves a mention as a place that you can visit on a day trip from London. If you are a fan of The Beatles , a visit here is a bucket-list experience and well worth the journey.

A visit to Liverpool gives a fascinating look into the lives and times of 4 local lads who formed what would become one of the most famous bands in the world. A good starting point from which to enjoy this vibrant Victorian city is the Royal Albert Dock, which is made up of refurbished dock warehouses and is now packed with restaurants, cafes, and many attractions.

The Beatles Story is an award-winning, permanent exhibition totally devoted to the Fab Four! Located on the Dock, it contains lots of authentic memorabilia and provides an immersive experience for visitors. Even children are catered for in the Exhibitions Discovery Zone. Be sure to reserve your tickets in advance !

Another interesting part of the visit for die-hard Beatles fans is the Magical Mystery Tour , which you take via a colorful tour bus that sets off from the Royal Albert Dock. In addition to the birthplaces, homes, schools, and original workplaces of the Beatles, you will also see the places that inspired some of their greatest hits, including Penny Lane and Strawberry Field.

READ ALSO: Best Things to Do in Liverpool

How to visit. The best way to visit Liverpool as a day trip from London is by taking a train (going by car would be about 4 hours one way). The journey by train takes 2 – 2.5 hours and there are many trains throughout the day, but be sure to book in advance and start your day as early as possible!

Once in Liverpool, you can take the earlier-mentioned Magical Mystery bus tour. Definitely visit the Beatles Story exhibition as well!

TIP: If you find it overwhelming to arrange everything yourself, you can also book a day tour to Liverpool from London. Most of these ‘tours’ are actually individual trips where everything from train tickets to all activities is pre-arranged for you. See below.

Best tours from London. This Liverpool and The Beatles day tour is the most popular and probably the best option. It includes reserved train seats, an entry to the Beatles Story exhibition, and also a ticket to the 2-hour Magical Mystery Tour!

Good to know: The above-mentioned tour from London to Liverpool starts at Euston Station in London and is normally available every day except Sundays. You’ll have to meet their representative at the station at 6.30 AM, so prepare for this to be a long day!

LEARN MORE: How to Plan a Day Trip to Liverpool from London

Map of the best places to visit as a day trip from London & practical info

To give you a better idea of where all these places are located, we created a map indicating all the best day trip destinations from London mentioned in this guide. You can click on the map below in order to see it on Google Maps.

Good to know: As already mentioned, many of the most popular day trip destinations from London can be visited with organized tours or by train .

We don’t recommend renting a car if you are staying in London – the traffic is so busy in and around the city that it would be a nightmare for someone who’s not used to it. Renting a car would only make sense if you are planning a longer road trip, outside of the cities.

For organized tours , we recommend booking via the GetYourGuide website . They have a great selection of tours at the most competitive rates and the best cancelation policy and customer service out there. We personally book all tickets and tours via this website when we travel anywhere in the world.

So, this is our guide to some of the most popular day trips and tours from London. I hope that this helps you choose a few nice places to visit near London and make your trip even more memorable.

For more travel inspiration for London and the UK, please see our featured articles below. Check it out!

More travel tips and inspiration for London:

• Must-see in London: Top London Attractions
• Hidden Gems of London
• Camden Market
• What to See in Camden Town
• Best Views in London
• London Travel Tips
• Where to Stay in London
• 1 Day in London
• 2-day London Itinerary
• London with Kids
• Family Afternoon Tea in London
• Best Things to Do in Greenwich
• Painted Hall
• Queen’s House and Tulip Stairs

READ ALSO: Traditional British Food & Where to Try It in the UK

If you found this post helpful, don’t forget to bookmark it and share it with your friends. Are you on Pinterest? Pin these images!

More travel tips and inspiration for all over the UK:

• Cities: Best Cities to Visit in the UK
• Cornwall: Best Places to Visit in Cornwall & Where to Stay in Cornwall
• Yorkshire: Yorkshire Day Trips
• Liverpool: Best Things to Do in Liverpool & The Beatles in Liverpool
• Manchester: Best Things to Do in Manchester & 1-day Manchester Itinerary
• Scotland: Isle of Skye Itinerary & Scotland Whisky Tour
• Edinburgh: Top Places to See in Edinburgh & One Day in Edinburgh & Tips for Visiting Edinburgh
• Glasgow: One Day in Glasgow
• Seaside: Best Things to Do in Blackpool & Blackpool Travel Tips & Places to See Near Blackpool
• …for more destinations, check our UK travel guide .
• Read also: How to Plan a Trip to Europe

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

Lacinda Mena

Tuesday 2nd of May 2023

I am traveling with a group of six. We would like to depart London on September 4 and view Stonehedge, Windsor, and Bath on our way to Southampton. Do you know of any tours that would offer this service?

Hi Lacinda, no, I don't personally know any tours that offer this kind of service. I found this private tour that visits all the places that you mentioned from London. It's one of the cheapest and best-rated tours in its kind. However, I'm not sure if they wouldn't mind dropping you off somewhere else. You could probably book it and then contact them and ask what is possible. If it's not what you are looking for, you can cancel it. I see that the tour has free cancelation, so that's how I would do it. Otherwise, try to search the internet for private drivers and ask for a quote. Good luck!

Wednesday 26th of April 2023

Amazing blog! Was looking for something like this for my trip to London in a few days, and this has been really useful information; the detail with which you describe are amazing. Plus the alternatives to get there and the map, loved it all! Thanks for taking the time.

Thursday 27th of April 2023

Glad to help and thanks a lot for taking the time to leave this kind feedback, Alex! Have a great trip!

Wednesday 15th of February 2023

Awesome! Thanks for the info!

Saturday 4th of February 2023

This was great information. Thanks

Monday 6th of February 2023

Glad to help. Have a great time in the UK!

Thursday 15th of December 2022

Love this blog!!! I am planning a trip to London with my son in February! This is exactly the information we are looking for! Super helpful!!

Friday 16th of December 2022

Glad to help, Holley. Have a great time in London!

Beaches Near London

The Best Fish & Chips in London

London's Top Restaurants

Eating With Kids in London

London's Best Bars

Craft Beer in London

The Best Time to Visit London

Weather & Climate

London's Airports

Neighborhoods to Know

Driving in London

Public Transport in London

London's Top Attractions

Free Things to Do

Things to Do With Kids

London's Best Parks

Museums in London

Theater in London

Live Music in London

Shopping in London

One Week in London: Itinerary

Day Trips From London

15 Terrific Day Trips From London

These UK  day trips  are quick, fun alternatives to a day in the city. Castles, famous movie sets, great discount shopping, historic homes, and gardens are all less than two hours from London . And transportation links from the British capital to the suburbs, the countryside and even other nearby cities are easy, fast and reasonably priced.

If you are looking for an alternative to London's hustle and bustle, and a chance to see England from a different perspective, a quick "away day" may be just the ticket. They're all reachable by public transportation too.

UK travel tip : To keep transportation costs down, try to book your train or coach tickets well in advance to take advantage of the lowest fares.

Windsor Castle

TripSavvy / Jess Macdonald

Windsor Castle is everyone's idea of a fairytale castle. And there's plenty to see at the Queen's weekend home (which, we hear, is her favorite). The building alone covers 13 acres and is the biggest inhabited castle in the world. William the Conqueror picked the site, west of London overlooking the Thames and it has been a Royal residence and fortress ever since - almost 950 years.

How to Get There

• Take the train - Trains leave regularly from London's Paddington Station to Windsor & Eton Central. The castle, a short walk from the station, dominates the town and is impossible to miss. The trip takes between 25 and 40 minutes depending upon the train you choose.
• By car: Windsor Castle is 24 miles from Central London. Take the A4 and M4 to Junction 6 then follow signs for Windsor town center and parking.
• By bus: Green Line buses (701 and 702) leave hourly from Victoria station, stopping at Windsor Castle and  Legoland Windsor.

Warner Brothers Studio Tour London: The Making of Harry Potter

If you've ever wanted to walk in the footsteps of your favorite film characters or look behind the scenes at how all the special effects are accomplished, Warner Brothers' Harry Potter attraction at its Leavesden studios, 20 miles northwest of London is a must see. And if you or members of your family are Harry Potter fans, this is a definite "don't miss".

The makers of the film have pulled together some of the most iconic sets, loads of the actual props used in the films and created a walking tour in two soundstages where the Harry Potter films were made. Even for those of us who have not been dyed-in-the-wool Harry Potter fans, it's endlessly fascinating and entertaining. We spent about five hours there, making the apparently high ticket prices surprisingly good value for money.

Top tip: Don't forget to book your tickets in advance. No tickets are offered for sale at the site.

• By train: Trains from London's Euston Station leave for Watford Junction roughly every ten minutes throughout the day. The trip takes between 15 and 20 minutes. Once at the station, a colorful bus takes you directly to the attraction, while you watch a film to get you in the mood. The bus meets passengers in front of Watford Junction Station. When weighing up travel costs and choosing between car and train, keep those costs in mind. A family of four could spend more than £50 just traveling to the attraction by train. Frequent trains from Birmingham New Street also stop at Watford Junction.
• By car: The attraction is just a few miles from the M1 and M5 motorways and once you leave the motorways, brown signs lead you in. There are detailed directions for travel by road on the attraction website as well as SatNav coordinates.
• By coach: Transfers from London with a preferred transportation partner are regularly scheduled and can be purchased without studio admission.

Brighton - London's Beach

In 2016, Brighton added a spanking new attraction: The BA i360 rises more than 500 feet above the seafront and on a clear day it really does seem like you can see forever. It's only one of the attractions of the funky seaside resort known as London's beach. The Royal Pavilion, Brighton, the splendid summer house built by George IV when he was Prince Regent, is an Arabian Nights fantasy slap bang in the middle of town. In the early 19th century, his architect, John Nash, slapped a cast iron framework around an older, simpler farmhouse and, well, just went to town, really.

• By train:  Trains leave about every 15 minutes from either London Bridge or Victoria Station and take about an hour.
• By car: Brighton is 54 miles due south of London. It takes about 1h30 to drive. South of the M25 ring road, the M23 leads into Brighton.
• By bus: Buses from London to Brighton take between an hour and forty minutes to more than three hours. Each journey has a small amount of lowest fare tickets available. These sell out quickly so it is a good idea to buy your tickets well in advance. Buses travel hourly between Victoria Coach Station in London and Brighton Pier Coach Station.

A Weekend Is Great Too

There's more than enough to do in Brighton to spend a short break. Visitors love to stroll among the antique shops and boutiques of "The Lanes", walk the shingle beach or take some fish and chips out to the end of  Brighton's Victorian pier . In winter there's the spectacle of Brighton Burning the Clocks and in May Brighton stages England's biggest multi-arts festival. Why not plan a Brighton getaway ?

Oxford England

TripSavvy / Taylor McIntyre 

Oxford University, England, is the oldest university in the English speaking world, dating back to the 11th century. Graduates have made notable contributions in every form of human endeavor.

Walk these streets and you will be following in the footsteps of Nobel prize winners, kings, presidents, and prime ministers. The university has produced saints, scientists, explorers, artists, authors, and actors.

And where you find students and the UK's gilded youth you'll also find wonderful pubs and great shopping.

Another Oxford treat is the recently reopened Ashmolean Museum of Art and Archaeology . Founded in 1683 as Britain's first public museum, its dusty and dark old galleries were reborn with a major, multi-million-pound refurbishment program. The museum reopened in 2009 with 39 new galleries and a 100% increase in exhibition space.

Among the treasures you might see at the Ashmolean are drawings by Michaelangelo, Raphael, and Rembrandt; a Stradivarius Violin; ancient Chinese and Middle Eastern porcelain and glass; the coins with the heads of Nero and Henry VIII, and lots more. The museum is part of Oxford University and it's free.

Altogether Oxford is a terrific, and easy, day out of London.

How to Get There 

• By train: Express trains to Oxford from Paddington Station are frequent and take about an hour and round-trip fare. If you don't catch the express train, a conventional journey takes about an hour and 45 minutes.
• By car: Oxford is 62 miles northwest of London via the M4, M25, M40 and A roads. It takes about an hour and a half to drive. Parking is difficult but the city is surrounded by Park and Ride parking lots with cheap bus services into the center.
• By bus: The Oxford Tube is a very popular way to get to Oxford by bus. The company runs buses every ten minutes, 24 hours a day, with pickups from multiple stops in London and in Oxford.

Blenheim Palace - Magnificent Home of the First Churchills

Blenheim Palace is more than another one of England's stately homes. This magnificent palace, home of the Dukes of Marlborough and an easy day trip from London, is:

• A UNESCO World Heritage Site
• A stunning example of 18th century English Baroque style
• A memorial to one great British hero, the first Duke of Marlborough, and the birthplace of another, Sir Winston Churchill.
• One of the finest examples of the work of 18th-century landscape architect Launcelot "Capability" Brown.
• A wonderful backdrop for family activities, virtually year round.

It's in Woodstock - the gateway to the Cotswolds - and less than two hours away from London.

• By train: Express trains to Oxford from Paddington Station are frequent and cost under £25; then 10 minutes on the local S3 bus from the station.
• By car: Blenheim is about 62 miles from London via the M4, M25 and M40 motorways and the A40 and A44 roads. The main entrance is at the bottom of Woodstock High Street.

Bicester Village - Discount Designer Outlets

Shopping! If you thought London was the be-all and end-all of fashionable shopping, a short train journey to Bicester Village will open your eyes. More than 100 chic boutiques are all discount designer outlets. All the big European and international designer brand names are there with prices much lower than Bond Street or Fifth Avenue. And there are a few restaurants and coffee shops where you can rest your tired feet (or park your "bag man").

• By train:  Trains to Bicester North Station leave up to four times an hour, daily, from London Marylebone. The journey takes just under an hour. There is an inexpensive shuttle bus from Bicester North direct to the Village.
• By car: The shopping center is about 64 miles from Central London on the A41. The drive takes between an hour and a half and two hours. Take the A4 to the M4 Motorway, then the M25 north to the M40 west. Exit at Junction 9 and follow the A41 to Bicester Village. It looks a bit like a small town...with a huge parking lot.
• By bus: Morning and afternoon luxury coach trips to Bicester Village operate daily with pick ups from several London hotels and other Central London points.

Ightham in Kent - A Village With Secrets and a Great Day Trip to Walk or Drive

Ightham is as charming a Kentish village as you can imagine - but it's the sort of place with so many dark happenings in its history that Agatha Christie would have rubbed her hands together with glee.

Besides having picturesque 14th and 15th-century houses and pubs, Ightham is just up the road from Ightham Mote, a fortified medieval manor, and just down the hill from Oldbury Wood, a protected ancient woodland and Iron Age earthwork. There's plenty to see, a good lunch to be had at the George & Dragon and some fine but easy walking.

• By train : Trains to nearby Borough Green & Wrotham Station from Victoria Station are frequent and take less than an hour.
• By car: Ightham (pronounced "item" by the way, is about 55 miles from Central London via the A3, the M25, and the M26.

Stonehenge and Salisbury Cathedral

Nothing can really prepare you for your first sight of Stonehenge . No matter how many pictures you've seen of this iconic landmark, watching it rise up from Salisbury Plain is heart-stopping.

After that, in the past, a visit to the site could be disappointing. But in 2013 the monument was reborn. A new visitor center with a reconstructed Stone Age village and a restoration of the ancient landscape around the stones themselves, plus the opening of an excellent museum and interpretive center shows off ​Stonehenge in a completely new light.

The road that once passed close enough to rattle the stones was dug up and grassed over as was the old parking area. Now, from the visitor center, you can either walk a mile to the stones or travel in a silent electric buggy to within a few hundred yards. 

And a Visit to Salisbury Cathedral

You can book various coach tours to get to Stonehenge but they're typically overpriced and try to cram in too many different places. Instead, especially if you are an independent sort of traveler, go by train via Salisbury to visit the city's nearly 800-year-old cathedral. Among its highlights are the best preserved of the four remaining copies of the 1215 Magna Carta, the world's oldest working mechanical clock, and - at 404 feet - the tallest spire in Britain.

• By train: Trains from London Waterloo to Salisbury leave 20 minutes and 50 minutes after the hour throughout the day. The trip takes about an hour and 20 minutes. Salisbury Reds run regular bus services from the train station to the Stonehenge Visitor Center.
• By car: Stonehenge is about 85 miles from Central London via the M3 and the A303.

Leeds Castle

A neighboring lord once described  Leeds Castle , near Maidstone in Kent, as "the loveliest castle in the world." It's hard to argue once you see this gorgeous, 900-year-old moated castle, surrounded by gardens and parklands.

Unusually, from its beginnings, this castle has been inherited by women. It was the dower house of six Plantagenet Queens, the so-called she-wolves of England. Later, Henry VIII had it updated and made luxurious for his first wife, Catherine of Aragon.

What makes Leeds Castle a particularly fine day out is that there is plenty to please everyone in the family. Besides its glorious interiors and wine cellars, it has a devilish maze with an exit through a scary grotto, two playgrounds for pretending to be knights and ladies, a dog collar museum with more than 100 unusual and historic examples, several restaurants, a covered pavilion for temporary exhibits and a full schedule of family-friendly events.  

• By train: Southeastern Trails run regular services, 22 and 52 minutes after the hour throughout the day from London Victoria to Bearsted Station. The trip takes about an hour. A shuttle bus operates from the station to the castle during the summer months. Do be careful, by the way, not to accidentally book a train to Leeds in Yorkshire or you could end up 230 miles away.
• By car: The castle is about 44 miles from Central London via the A20 and the M20. From junction 8 off the M20 motorway, follow the brown and white tourist signs.
• By bus: Several tour companies operate sightseeing tours from London that include Leeds Castle. As these change from time to time, it's best to check the castle website for the latest information.

Hever Castle - Home of Anne Boleyn

Hever Castle , Anne Boleyn's childhood home is a fascinating place. Steeped in the history of Tudor court intrigue, the house was begun in the 13th century and made into a comfortable Tudor home by the Bullen (or Boleyn) family. It later became part of Henry VIII's divorce settlement with Anne of Cleves, his 4th wife. The house has a very good collection of Tudor portraits, lots of family activities, two mazes to wander around in, jousting, romantic gardens, and several restaurants and snack bars.

Strolling through the castle's magnificent gardens before stopping for lunch or a cup of tea makes a really fine UK day out. And there's plenty more to do for every member of the family:

• An adventure Playground
• Yew and water mazes
• Hever Lake walk
• A gruesome exhibition of armor, instruments of execution, and torture

Throughout the summer months, Hever Castle also hosts a variety of events including jousting tournaments, demonstrations of longbow warfare and a summer performing arts festival in its open-air theatre, with matinee and evening performances.

• By train : Trains to nearby Edenbridge Town Station leave frequently from London Bridge Station. Book a taxi on +44 (0)1732 863 800 (Relyon) or +44(0)1732 864009 (Edenbridge Cars) for the three-mile onward journey. It's a good idea to book your ride before you arrive in the town.
• By car: Hever Castle is 44 miles from Central London via the A3 and the M25.

The Historic Dockyard Chatham

For 400 years, the Historic Dockyard at Chatham in Kent built the ships that built the British Empire. From the mid-1500s to its closure in 1980s, it created, launched and maintained some of the most historic ships of the British Navy. HMS Victory, Admiral Nelson's flagship at the Battle of Trafalgar, was built here. 

When it closed, time stood still. And while various interests tried to decide what to do with, it was saved for posterity. And it is an amazing place to visit. The 80-acre site has 100 listed buildings and 47 scheduled ancient monuments. There's

• A Victorian Ropery - still in action, with a "rope walk" that's a quarter of a mile long
• Covered slips where ships hulls were constructed
• A multi-media exhibition in the Mast and Mould Loft (where you can still see the outlines of HMS Trafalgar scribed on the wooden floor)
• Three 19th century drydocks, one of which holds a diesel submarine retired in the 1960s that you can board

This barely scratches the surface. This is one of the best historic sites you can visit. And if you're lucky, you might get to see some of your favorite film and TV stars at work. The historic buildings of the dockyards are popular backdrops for filmmakers.

• By train: Chatham is within the London commuter belt and trains leave from several different London stations throughout the day. The fastest trains are from St Pancras International for a 38 minute trip to Chatham. The Chatham Maritime bus (route 190) makes the 8 minute trip from the station to the Dockyard gates or you can walk - it's just under a mile.
• By car:  This is a journey that involves either going through Central London (about 38 miles on the A2) or all around London (68 miles via the M25 to the A2). Not surprisingly, given London traffic, both journeys take about the same amount of time. Best advice - take the train.

Beaulieu and the National Motor Museum

Beaulieu, a country house in the New Forest, is a great day trip, not far from London, that is jam-packed with things to see and do. Besides offering a look at Victorian upstairs-downstairs life in a manor house, it has beautiful gardens, an abbey ruin, a monorail, vintage double-decker bus, a restaurant, and Go Karts. 

But all of that pales before Beaulieu's amazing National Motor Museum. Car enthusiasts from all over the world come to admire more than 100 years of automobiles, plus star cars, movie cars, and James Bond cars. It's a knockout!

• By train :  Trains to Brockenhurst Station leave every 15 minutes from Waterloo. The journey takes 1.5 hours. Take a taxi from the station. If you arrive all or in part by public transportation, present your travel tickets at reception for a 20% discount on admission.
• By car: Beaulieu (pronounced "Bewley" by the way) is 87 miles from Central London. Take the M3 to the M27 exit 2 and follow the brown and white signs. There is free parking.

William Morris's Red House - English Home of the Arts and Crafts Movement

Red House was the only building ever commissioned by 19th-century artist and designer William Morris. Now owned by the National Trust and open to the public, the house, in Bexley Heath, just south of London, was designed as Morris's first marital home by his friend and design partner Philip Webb.

Artists and writers of the period were frequent visitors, including Dante and Christina Rosetti, Augustus and Gwen John. Some added their own personal touches, which can still be seen. Pre-Raphaelite Edward Burn-Jones, a frequent visitor, designed some of the stained glass and, inside an upstairs closet, there's a primitive painting attributed to Gwen John.

Morris believed a garden should "clothe" a house and the gardens at The Red House have been landscaped according to drawings and pictures of Morris's original designs.

Bexley Heath is the nearest train station. Trains from London Victoria or Charing Cross Stations take about half an hour. Plan on visiting in good weather as The Red House is a 3/4 mile walk from the train station.

Battlesbridge Antiques Center

If your idea of heaven is spending hours poking around an enormous antique center with dozens of dealers trading in everything from junk to treasure, then you will love the Battlesbridge Antiques Center .

It's a collection of buildings, including a former granary and a range of barns, sheds, and cottages, open every day from about 10 am to 5 pm. At any one time, at least 80 antique dealers buy and sell a very wide range of items including stamps, jewelry, ephemera, furniture, vintage clothing, lamps, music boxes and musical instruments and, yes, plain old-fashioned dusty junk. Paradise.

This isn't the sort of place where posh interior decorators find elegant 18th-century Italian furniture. It's a real grab bag of antiques, reproductions, and fakes. But there are real treasures to be found.

By the way, in case you are wondering what battle took place here, the answer is none. The village takes its name from a family named Bataille who once looked after the bridge over the River Crouch beside the Granary.

• By train: Regular trains leave London Liverpool Street Station throughout the day. Change at Wickford to the Southminster. Battlesbridge is the first stop on that line. The center is about a third of a mile from the station.
• By car: Battlebridge in Essex is about 40 miles from London, midway between Chelmsford and Southend beside the A130. 

RHS Wisley Garden

The Royal Horticultural Society's Wisley Garden is where keen English gardeners go to be inspired. Its world famous collection of plants has been developing for more than 100 years and there is always something new to see, any time of year. Spread out over 240 acres in Woking, Surrey, about an hour's drive from Central London, Wisley is a lovely, peaceful place for a stroll as well as a demonstration garden full of practical garden design ideas and cultivation techniques.

In June 2007, a huge new glasshouse, 40 feet high and covering an area equal to ten tennis courts, was opened to the public. The glasshouse at RHS Wisley covers three different climatic zones - tropical, moist temperate and dry temperate habitats. A winding path, past rocky outcrops, waterfalls, pools, and slopes, leads visitors through the glasshouse to see some of Wisley's most important plant collections. The RHS's tender plant collection is housed there. So are rare and endangered species and hundreds of varieties of orchids.

A new lake, intended to bring environmental benefits to the whole of Wisley and colonized by mollusks, damselflies, dragonflies, and amphibians, surrounds The Glasshouse.

• By train:  Trains from London Waterloo Station leave regularly for nearby West Byfleet or Woking. Take a taxi for the short ride from the station. On weekdays during the summer months, a special bus service operates from Woking Station to Wisley.
• By car: Wisley is about 22 miles west-southwest of Central London on the A3.

Stay Cheaper By Staying Close to - Not in - London

How to Travel From London to Paris by Train, Bus, Plane, and Car

How to Travel From London to Birmingham by Train, Bus, and Car

Traveling by Train in Europe: Where, Why, and How

What to Do and See During One Week in London

How to Travel From London to Brighton by Car, Train, and Bus

4-Day UK Travel Itinerary: West of London Travel Plan

The Top 20 Destinations in England

How to Travel from Rome to the Cinque Terre by Train, Bus, Car, and Plane

Heathrow Airport Guide

Best Antique Towns and Villages in England

One Week in England: The Perfect Itinerary

How to Travel from London to Windsor Castle by Bus, Train, or Car

How to Travel From London to Manchester by Train, Bus, Plane, and Car

How to Travel from London to Cambridge by Train, Bus, and Car

How to Travel From London to Exeter by Train, Bus, Car, and Plane

• Group Enquiry? NEW
• 30 Places to Visit near London

Places To Visit Around London

Here's a list of the best places to visit near london:, quick navigation.

Must Visit Attractions Near London

Windsor castle.

Alton Tower

Warwick Castle

Harry Potter Warner Bros Studio

Hampton Court Palace

Leeds Castle

Best of Switzerland

The New Forest

The New Forest is an unenclosed pasture area of northern England that is renowned for its forest trails, native ponies, and heathland. It is the hotspot for many interesting outdoor activities such as paddle boarding, horse riding, and hiking. The New Forest National Park is the prime attraction of this area where you can have a picnic with your family, or you can witness deers, tigers, rhinoceroses, and wild buffalo in the region. You should also visit the Hearst castle that is an artillery fortress designed by Henry XIII. Apart from that, Exbury Gardens is the ideal weekend getaways from London for a family day out, and you can even have an Exbury steam railway ride here. Distance from London: 69 mi. Best Time: May to September. How To Reach: You can board a train from Waterloo that will drop you at The New Forest in 90 minutes. Suggested Read:  Things To Do In Victoria London   Must Checkout:  Europe Honeymoon Packages

Blenheim Palace

Brighton Museum & Royal Pavilion

Best of Paris

Highclere Castle & Downton Abbey Sites

Must Visit Cities Near London

Known throughout the world for its unparalleled educational magnificence, the town of Oxford is a global educational hub. It is considered to be one of the best places to visit near London due to its historical buildings and covered markets. One such amazing place that you must visit here is the Christ Church Cathedral that exudes excellent architecture and beauty. Oxford Castle is another major attraction here that gives you a chance to have a 360 degrees view of London. You should also visit the Sheldonian Theatre, which houses the Museum of the History of Science. It has a splendid collection of ancient art and antiquities, Greek and Roman pottery, classical sculpture, Far Eastern art, and jewelry. While here, you should also consider going shopping in Cornmarket Street, which is pedestrian-friendly and sells a range of items. Among many branded shops and departmental stores, this street also has the historic Golden Cross arcade which is well-known for its jewelry and craft shops. Distance from London: 56.1 mi. Best Time: August and September, May & July. How To Reach: Board a train from Paddington Station to Oxford. It will take sixty minutes to reach Oxford from London. Checkout & Book:   London Tower Bridge Tickets    Suggested Read:  Places To Visit In London       

Best of Italy

Regarded as one of the best places to visit around London, the city of Brighton has some outstanding attractions and monuments. A must-visit attraction is the Brighton Palace Pier, a perfect example of a Victorian pleasure pier. You can have traditional seaside fun here while enjoying the rides and the delicious street food. Another great attraction over here is the Royal Pavilion, which was the home of Prince Regent. This pavilion is one of the most exotic and stunning architecture in the British Isles. During your trip to Brighton, you should also visit the Brighton Museum & Art Gallery, which includes fashion & style, design & fine art and exciting interactive exhibitions. Distance from London: 56.4 mi. Best Time: May to September. How To Reach: Board a bus from Victoria Coach Station to Brighton. Book Now: Buckingham Palace Tickets  Recommended Read: Places In West London  

Located in the county of Kent, Canterbury is one of the heritage cities of Britain that has retained its old-world charm as well as modern glitz. It houses the Canterbury Cathedral that is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and is famous for being the murder site of Archbishop Thomas Becket. You should also visit the Beaney House of Art and Knowledge, which has a facility-part museum, an art gallery, and even a library. It displays a collection of paintings, prints, engravings, European ceramics, Anglo-Saxon jewelry, and Asian porcelain. Canterbury Castle is another major attraction here where you can discover the historical treasures of Canterbury. Distance from London: 60.8 mi. Best Time: May & September. How To Reach: South Eastern train runs regular service from St Pancras, Charing Cross and London Victoria. Do Read:   T hings To Do In Central London

You can also Checkout:  London Tour Packages From Chennai

Known to be a rival of the Oxford University, Cambridge is claimed to have one of the most preserved historic buildings in England. The King's College Chapel is the most famous attraction over here that is renowned for its 12-bay perpendicular-style interior and incredible architecture. Besides that, the Mathematical Bridge is the major highlight of the city as it has been built without any nails solely relying on the calculative structuring. You should also visit the  Cambridge University Botanical Garden stretching across 40 acres in Cambridge. This garden boasts of having more than 8,000 plant species from across the world. Another must-visit place is the Fitzwilliam Museum, which is an architectural masterpiece. It displays collections of Egyptian antiquities, illuminated manuscripts,  potteries of English, China, Greek, and Roman origins. Distance from London: 64.0 mi. Best Time: June & July. How To Reach: ThamesLink Runway and The Great Northern Runway runs the fastest train to Cambridge. Check This Out:  Hidden Places In London    

Also Checkout:  Europe Tour Package From Mumbai

Best of England

Winchester functioned as a former cultural and political capital of England until the 13th century. It is home to some of the best places to visit around London, such as the Winchester museum, which is one of Europe's largest cathedrals. Another such attraction is the Highclere Castle: Aka Downton Abbey that was featured in the English TV series of the same name. The Castle includes a spectacular gothic saloon, a library with 5,650 rare books and historic portraits. Another popular attraction over here is the Hospital of St. Cross, which is England's oldest almshouse. It features the 15th-century Hall of the Brothers, a kitchen, and a chapel. Other must-visit places are Winchester City Mill, Winchester's Military Museums, Marwell Zoo, and Winchester City Museum. Distance from London: 67.8 mi. Best Time: May to June. How To Reach: Take a train from Waterloo to Winchester. Best Offers On:  London Eye Tickets   Recommended Read:  Things To Do In London With Kids     

If you're looking for one of the best places to visit around London, then St Albans should be your topmost choice. It is a vibrant city located in the northern belt of London known for its centuries-old medieval cathedrals and scenic parks. Verulamium Park is one of the beautiful spaces in St Albans that houses an ornamental lake, and you can witness here the remains of ancient Roman walls. If you wish to trace the rich history of this city, then the Verulamium Museum should be your ideal stopover. It has displays of gold coins, mosaic structures, and second-century Roman theater. Distance from London: 69 mi. Best Time: May to September. How To Reach: You can take a flight from Gatwick and Luton airport. Both these airports are linked directly to London. Do Read:  Things To Do In Shoreditch   

Mersea Island

This is a small fishing town with sandy beaches and an impressive collection of cafes, shops, and restaurants. Due to its old-world charm and impressive landscape, it is considered to be one of the best places to visit around London. Mersea Island Vineyard is a popular destination here that is known for producing local and traditional wines, while also offering an enthralling view of lush greenery of nature. Get a glimpse of the history of Mersea Island by visiting the Mersea museum that houses the oldest sculptures and archeological relics. Distance from London: 69 mi. Best Time: May to September. How To Reach: You can catch a train from Liverpool Street to Colchester train station. From here you can board a taxi to Mersea Island. Check This:  Things To Do In Kings Cross   

Best of Istanbul

One of the beautiful and charming villages in South East England, Rye, is a haven for nature lovers. This adorable fairy-tale town has medieval cafes and inns, winding streets and quirky shops. It houses the Rye Harbour Nature Reserve that is spread in around 1,000-acres and has over 4,000 species of animals. Another attraction is the Rye Castle Museum and Ypres Tower, which has two sites, East Street and The Ypres Tower. The East Street site includes collections of the museum and is the best place to know about the rich history of Rye. You should also visit the Parish Church of St. Mary, Rye, which houses magnificent stonework and exquisite stained-glass windows. Another must-visit site is the Mermaid Street, lined with crooked timber houses and quirky cafes. It is considered to be one of the most photographed streets in Rye. Distance from London: 76.7 mi. Best Time: June to October. How To Reach: No direct train runs from London to Rye. You can however board a train from St Pancras. Do Read:  Things To Do Near Borough Market   

Portsmouth is one of the most famous places to visit near London that serves as the base of the Royal Navy and contains around two-third of the surface fleet of the UK. It houses some of the most popular ships such as the Tudor carrack Mary Rose, HMS Warrior and HMS Victory. Further, the Portsmouth Historic Dockyard gives you a chance to discover the eight hundred-year-old maritime histories of the town. You can also visit the Blue Reef Aquarium to witness the diverse species of aquatic animals housed here. Distance from London: 74.8 mi. Best Time: March to November & January to February. How To Reach: Board a train from Waterloo to portsmouth. Suggested Read:  Things To Do Near London Eye   

The stark landscape and the otherworldly beauty of Dungeness make it one of the best places to visit near London. It boasts of having the largest shingle beach in Europe where you can enjoy sunbathing, and you can also relish the seafood at the cafes and beachside shacks located here. Also, the RSPB Nature Reserve is an absolute paradise for the wildlife watchers as you can witness here a dazzling variety of migratory as well as domestic birdlife. Another major attraction that you must visit here is the Pilot Inn that is known for serving the best chips and traditional seafood. Distance from London: 77.8 mi. Best Time: March to May. How To Reach: Board a train from St Pancras to Ashford International. Board a taxi from Ashford to Dungeness. Recommended Read:  Museums Near London Bridge   

Best of Zurich

Surrounded by sandy beaches, fishing villages, and family attractions, Chichester is one of the most popular weekend getaways from London. West Wittering Beach is one of the prime attractions of Chichester that has been awarded the Blue Flag for its cleanliness. It is a sandy and long beach where you can enjoy sunbathing and boating. Chichester Cathedral is also an important attraction that is the sacred church of the Holy Trinity and is the seat of Bishop of Chichester. Also, the city center is the main shopping arena of Chichester, where you can buy a variety of elite brands. Distance from London: 80.8 mi. Best Time: June to Early September. How To Reach: You can board a train from Victoria to Waterloo station. Check This Out:  Places In East London   

Well known as an elegant spa town since Roman times, Bath is built for relaxation and pleasure. This is one of the best weekend getaways from London where you can have an aromatic spa or Roman Baths to relieve your senses. It is a gorgeous city dotted with exquisite architectural monuments and cobblestone streets. Nestled between Somerset and Mendip Hills, it is considered to be one of the best places to visit near London because of its honey-colored Georgian houses and beautiful gardens and parks. Bath Abbey is also a popular site over here that is a Gothic cathedral with beautiful paintings and architecture. Furthermore, another popular attraction is Pulteney Bridge that is considered to be the departure point for various fun river excursions. Distance from London: 114.6 mi. Best Time: January to February. How To Reach: Frequent trains run from Paddington station to London after every thirty minutes. Do Read:  Adventurous Things To Do In London   

Best of Amsterdam

Also known as the capital of castles in Wales, the city of Cardiff is known for its vibrant culture and stunning landscape. Among many places to visit around London, Cardiff should be an ideal stopover in your itinerary due to its beautiful castles and historic houses. It houses the Cardiff Bay Barrage, which is located in a stunning maritime setting, perfect for a bike ride or a relaxing stroll. You should also pay a visit to the Albany Gallery and the Martin Tinney Gallery that depict some of the greatest art collections in the world. Some other attractions that you must visit over here are Hensol Castle Distillery, St. John's Parish Church, and Forest Farm Country Park. For a calming experience after a busy day of touring, you should surely visit the chic Mermaid Quay to have a romantic dinner with your partner. Distance from London: 150.6 mi. Best Time: Early June to Late September. How To Reach: 27 trains operate in a day from London to Cardiff. You can board any of the trains that will drop you at Cardiff in 2hrs and 28 mins. Also Read:  Things To Do Near Borough Market   

Manchester is one of the most lively and vibrant cities in London, throbbing with architectural splendours and creative spaces. It houses the most popular football club in the entire world known as the Manchester United Football Club. Moreover, a paradise for the foodies, Manchester has a huge variety of street food markets as well as elegant cafes and restaurants. The city is also home to some of the oldest libraries, such as the Chetham's and John Rylands library that houses a collection of novels and books spanning across five millennia. Distance from London: 208.4 mi. Best Time: June and August. How To Reach: Take a bus from Victoria bus station to Manchester. Suggested Read:  Things To Do In London In September   

Guildford is a beautiful town located on the southern periphery of London. It is considered to be one of the best places to visit around London because it is home to historic cathedrals and castles that offer peace and tranquility like none other. Apart from that, the city seems to be brimming with an array of pubs, restaurants, bars, and shopping venues as well. Moreover, the Odeon Cinema is a paradise for the film fanatics, and you can watch some of the best Hollywood movies over here. If you're a shopping enthusiast, then Tunsgate Quarter should be your ideal spot as it is home to some of the branded stores such as Cath, Loaf, and Kidston. Distance from London: 208.4 mi. Best Time: June and August. How To Reach: Direct buses don't run from London to Guildford. You can however board a bus from Victoria Coach Station and arrive at Friary Bus Station. Check This Out:  Thing To Do In London In October   

Best of Rome

Home of iconic music-band, The Beatles and Liverpool Football Club, the city of Liverpool, is one of the best places to visit near London. To start the tour of this city, you should visit the Merseyside Maritime Museum, which has an impressive collection of artifacts and sculptures. Another such attraction is the Pier Head area of Liverpool, which houses the Three Graces,  the traditional trio of harbor buildings. Moreover, the Museum of Liverpool celebrates the city's distinct history, geography, and culture with several displays. It houses various collections of decorative art and period costumes and other archaeological materials. Liverpool also has some of the best gardens and parks, such as the Sefton Park Palmhouse, that is lush with greenery and large varieties of flowers. Distance from London: 220.5 mi. Best Time: May to June. How To Reach: Board a train from Euston station in London to Liverpool. Suggested Read:  Places In North West London  

The capital city of Northern Ireland, Belfast is the birthplace of the sunken ocean liner, RMS Titanic. To recall the legacy of the ship, the Titanic Quarter has been built, which pays tribute to Belfast's maritime history. Another major attraction over here is the HMS Caroline museum, which houses one of the last surviving vessels to have witnessed service in both world wars. This floating museum also displays history related to WWI and WWII. You should also visit St. Anne's Cathedral, which is a neo-Romanesque style of a basilica featuring a beautiful mosaic ceiling and elegant stained-glass windows. Other worthwhile visits in Belfast are the Grand Opera House, Crumlin Road Gaol, the Belfast Castle and the Belfast Zoo. Distance from London: 470.0 mi. Best Time: April to October. How To Reach: Board a train from Euston station to Belfast. You can also take a car ferry from London that takes ten hours and four minutes to reach Belfast. Recommended Read:  Camping Near London   

People Also Ask About London

What are the best europe tour packages that we can book with thrillophilia, what are the best places to visit near london within 300 kms, what are the best resorts to stay near london, what's worth seeing in london, what is famous in london to buy.

• Notebook from House of Commons.
• Hat from Lock & Co Clotted Cream.
• Pistachio cookies Personalized biscuits with a handwritten quote Butter Shortbread from Walkers Pure Monmouth Coffee

How many days do you need in London?

What is the best month to visit london, what are the other attractions and activities in london you can book via thrillophilia.

• The Tower Of London Tickets
• Peppa Pig World Ticket
• Jack The Ripper Tours
• Tickets To Warwick Castle
• Dover Castle Ticket
• Westminster Abbey Ticket
• London Tickets Madame Tussauds
• Sea Life London Ticket
• London Zsl Zoo Tickets

London Top Attractions

Located on London’s Southbank, the London Eye is the world’s tallest cantilever wheel and an iconic figure in the London sky. This wheel attracts nearly 4 million visitors every year, making it a popular destination among tourists and locals alike. If you're planning a trip to Europe, consider including the London Eye in your itinerary as part of our exciting Europe tour packages.Wheel consists of 32 capsules which are made of glass. On a clear day one can see up to 40 km from the wheel. There are multilingual guides giving a commentary on the details of the spectacular view of the city. Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, Tower Bridge, and other famous London landmarks can be seen from the London Eye.The slow rotation of the wheel enables one to take pictures of the famous landmarks. Apart from the stunning view, another major attraction is a 4D show that forms a part of your London Eye experience. Over the past 19 years, it has become an important feature of the London skyline.You can also look out for special themed events like pop-up dining events, Valentine day celebrations or an anniversary dinner. London Eye is one of the major attractions in London’s New Year day firework celebrations. Seeing London at a glance should definitely be a part of your London itinerary. The wheel was dedicated to the public in 2000. It was originally planned to be in public service for only 5 years. However, its popularity made it a permanent feature in the tourist map of London. Tourists love the experience of the thrilling ride on the wheel and observe the breathtaking view of the London city over the River Thames.If you are planning for a honeymoon trip to Europe, you can checkout Europe Honeymoon Packages

Popular as one of the unique UNESCO World Heritage sites in London, Kew Gardens is one of the pleasant getaways in the city to enjoy with your family and friends. Explore this captivating destination as part of our curated Europe tour, home to a fascinating collection of living plants and an internationally recognized scientific research center. With over 14,000 trees, Kew Gardens' exquisite natural landscape spanning 300 acres is truly spellbinding, making it a leading center of research, complete with a library, museums, and beautiful gardens.It invites people of all ages to discover a day of serenity in the city of London. The visitors here can enjoy a number of activities whether it is taking a stroll along the colourful canopies of trees or exploring the beautiful glasshouses. Some of the popular attractions of Kew Gardens include the Palm House, Princess of Wales Conservatory and the Waterlily House.There are activities which the visitors can enjoy at Kew Gardens like the 59 ft high Treetop Walkway, catching the views of the city by climbing the Great Pagoda and getting to know about its history at the Kew Palace. Kew Gardens is also a paradise for photographers who wish to capture the natural beauty of London at its best.

More London Attractions

London travel guides.

London Reviews

More Things to do in London

More on london tourism, popular related destinations.

Best Domestic Packages

Best international packages, domestic honeymoon packages, international honeymoon packages, places to visit in india, international places to visit, things to do in india, international things to do, popular on thrillophilia.

• We assure the privacy of your contact data.
• This data will only be used by our team to contact you and no other purposes.

Your enquiry has been received successfully. Our destination expert will reach out to you soon!

9 Great Places To Visit Near London

London’s a great place to visit, but it would be a shame if you didn’t also grab the chance to see a bit of what else England has to offer whilst you’re there. Here’s our list of places we’d visit.

Each idea is meant to be able to be done as a day trip although you can, of course, spend longer there.

We’ve also included ideas for a range of age groups and interest – families with kids, culture vultures and the like – and so there should be something for everyone here.

( This post was updated in January 2023 )

Table of Contents

The internationally renowned seat of learning is also extremely pretty.

The University is actually a collection of about 40 colleges, each its own distinct ethos – some are new, whereas others are over 800 years old – but the prettiest are within a mile radius of the center.

Explore some of these colleges, punt on the river or just wander around soaking up all that history and learning…

Oxford’s an hour on the train from Paddington Station in London.

Update: We recently published a post focusing on Oxford here>>> 10 Must See Sites In Oxford

2. Stonehenge

If you think Oxford’s old then you’ll think it positively juvenile compared to Stonehenge, reckoned to be over 5000 years old.

Comprising huge blocks of stone arranged in a circle in the middle of Salisbury Plain, it is one of the most recognisable monuments in the world.

It’s a bit tricky to get there given its remote location.

However its a short drive from London – or you could take one of the many tours from London.

3. Legoland

A change of take: this is one for the kids (and big kids).

Legoland is a short trip west of London – there are several coach operators such as Golden Tours – and will suit kids of all ages.

4. Cambridge

Given we’ve listed Oxford, it would be unfair not to mention its arch rival Cambridge.

If anything it’s even prettier than Oxford and quieter – Oxford a reasonably sized city whereas Cambridge is much smaller in relation to the university.

There are frequent rail services from Kings Cross station.

5. Stratford Upon Avon

One for the more culturally inclined.

Stratford Upon Avon was the home town of William Shakespeare. You can visit his actual birthplace and where he lived with his wife, Anne Hathaway (no, not that one).

It’s also the home of the world famous Royal Shakespeare Company (RSC) and so you can always catch a play whilst you’re there.

6. Bletchley Park

Fans of the movie ‘The Imitation Game’ will know that Bletchley Park was where codebreakers – especially the genius Alan Turing – broke the German Enigma code during the second world war. This allowed the Allies to spy on German naval communications.

The Bletchley park trust now does a great job of explaining how it was done – great for scientifically mided older children.

Again, it’s a short train ride from London.

7. Windsor Castle

Windsor was Queen’s favourite castle – she stayed there often – and also one of the most accessible.

Windsor itself is a beautiful place to visit, but the highlight is the castle itself, available for tours.

Here’s our post on the castle: Windsor Castle

Another beautiful place, Bath in Somerset has been a spa town – renowned for its mineral water, well, baths – since Roman times. Indeed one of the major attractions is the well preserved Roman baths which can be toured year round.

In later years it become one of the best sites of Georgian architecture – be sure to visit the streets around the Royal Crescent for great examples of this popular building style.

Here our post on this lovely town>>> Bath

9. Cotswolds

No trip to England could be considered complete without a trip to its beautiful countryside, shaped by thousands of years of human activity- especially farming.

One of the best examples is the Cotswolds, gentle rolling hills dotted with pretty villages built with the local Cotswold sandstone.

Update – we just published a post focusing on the best places to visit in the Cotswolds .

Remember To Check Out Our Most Popular Posts:

The Cotswolds: The 20 Best Places To Visit

English Villages | What Makes The Perfect Village In England (With Examples)

Visit Yorkshire, England: York, The Dales & More

English Cathedrals: The 20 Best Cathedrals In England

The Best 20 Castles To Visit In England

London Travel: The Ultimate Guide. Tips, Attraction Reviews & More

The Kings And Queens of England: From William the Conqueror To Charles III

British Insults, Slang & Phrases: The Ultimate Guide

10 Fun Facts About England: Weird English Traditions

The Yorkshire Dales | The Best Places To Visit

Gorgeous Images Of The English Countryside

Visit Somerset, England: Cider, Bath, Glastonbury & More

20 Gorgeous English Thatched Cottages

Take our London Quiz: How Well Do You Really Know London?

Click Here For More On London > London Travel

Terms and Conditions - Privacy Policy

21 Perfect Road Trips From London & Short Trips From London By Car!

Categories England , London , U.K

There are so many places to visit near London! There are many day trips from London by train that you can do, but if you really want to get out of the big smoke, into nature and somewhere new, a road trip from London is the answer !

Below are ideas from myself and my blogging friends on short trips from London and the best places to visit in the UK .

These include road trips from London that you can do as day trips from London and 2-5 day trips from London if you want to make a London road trip into a UK Staycation !

Road trips are all about getting into nature so these road trip from London ideas are based on visiting the coast , countryside and small villages  outside of London to provide a more exciting road trip from London adventure!

Whether you live in London, or you are visiting London as a tourist, here are UK road trip ideas from London and the best road trips from London to help you start planning your London getaway!

Road Trips from London

Find What You're Looking For Easily Here!

Road Trip From London Map

Here is a map with the below road trip from London destinations on it to help you work out which part of the UK will be best for your London Road Trip depending on the time you have!

Car Hire From London

If you don’t have a car as most Londoners don’t, I’ve found the best place to hire a car from in London is from one of the London Airports ! I recommend using Rental Cars as they search all the top car hire companies!

Search for the best car hire prices in London here!

TRAVEL TIPS

🏘️Book your accommodation

Booking.com and Hostelworld will help you to book accommodation and check availability in advance

🚘To get your car rental in advance

and to make your trip more convenient, you can use Rentalcars.com and find the most suitable option for you

🧾Get your tickets and guided tours

with Viator and GetYourGuide to get the most out of your journey

Best Road Trips From London

Here are the best recommendations for road trips from London!

The Channel Island of Jersey is a great island escape form London and the UK, without leaving the UK. Drive down to Poole and catch the 4 Hour 40 Minute scenic car ferry from Poole to Jersey Channel Island .

Jersey works perfectly as a 3 day road trip from London!

Jersey is a small island which makes road-tripping around Jersey a lot of fun because you can see so much!

However although small, Jersey is packed with natural attractions, historic attractions and amazingly good food, perfect for a weekend road trip from London!

Things to do in Jersey:

On your Jersey Channel Island itinerary , I recommend trying a surf lesson on the West Coast of the Island. Going hiking along the North Coast of the Island and going out on a RIB Boat Trip Adventure on the East Coast in search for seals!

I also really recommend having dinner at The Boat House in the pretty village of St Aubin. You’ll be sure to return back to London refreshed and relaxed from all that island air!

Diving Distance from London: 7 Hours by Road & Ferry

Suggested By: The Wandering Quinn

2. Cotswolds Villages

If you’d like to escape London for some peace and relaxation, there’s no better place to go than the beautiful English countryside !

Not too far away from London is the Cotswolds “Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty”, a collection of charming little villages surrounded by rolling green hills and stunning scenery. 

Whether you’re looking to take a day trip from London or searching for the perfect weekend getaway, visiting a few of the Cotswolds villages makes an excellent choice when it comes to planning a road trip from London, no matter the length you choose.

Some of the most picturesque villages to visit in the Cotswolds region are Bibury, Lower Slaughter, Stow-on-the-Wold, and Castle Combe (but there are so many more!).

The beauty of the Cotswolds villages is that they are all located close to one another and they are easy to reach from London in just a few hours making it a great road trip in England from London.

The best things to do when visiting any of the villages are exploring the pretty cobbled streets admiring the beautiful historic buildings, popping into a cosy historic pub for a bite to eat, and taking a scenic walk around the countryside to soak up the peaceful atmosphere!

Diving Distance from London: 87 Miles. 2 Hours.

Suggested By: The Road is Life

Click here to book a full day tour to Cotswolds from London via get your guide

3. Jurassic Coast

The Jurassic Coast is a 95-mile stretch of jagged coastline in southern England. Famed for its beautiful beaches, iconic country landscapes and captivating coastal hiking paths, it’s the ideal setting for a weekend from London where being in nature is your top priority.

Doing a r oad trip from London along the Jurassic Coast will encapsulate the best places in Dorset and Devon for a full Dorset and Devon Road Trip !

The defining icon of the Jurassic Coast is Old Harry Rocks ; a collection of dazzling white limestone stacks arranged along the coast like a jigsaw puzzle waiting to be assembled.

It’s the perfect place to unwind and watch the sun go down in front of iconic scenery.

Lulworth Cove is a circular cove surrounded by a sweeping arc of pebbles, backed by steep cliffs. It’s a beautiful part of England and the best way to see it is on a stroll along the coast to Durdle Door.

This walk, with towering cliffs on one side and bucolic countryside on the other, is one of the best short walks on the Jurassic Coast .

Corfe Castle , an 11th-century ruin, is an engrossing and atmospheric spot to catch the sunrise and Lyme Regis is a lovely seaside town to visit.

From the short but steep climb up nearby West Hill, the view as the sun lights up the decaying stone is a mesmerising way to experience the Jurassic Coast, a fantastic UK road trip from London!

Diving Distance from London:  125 Miles. 2 Hours 45 Minutes.

Suggested By: Anywhere We Roam

We know that staycations are all the rage right now so also see these 15 UK Staycation Ideas for this year!

4. Suffolk Coast

At about 2.5 hours from London , the Suffolk coast is a great choice for a day trip from London, but it’s such a beautiful part of the world and so quiet that you’ll want to stay for a weekend.

Suffolk is one of the most unspoiled parts of the UK and with over 50 miles of heritage coastline, there’s plenty of space to go and stretch your legs on its many beautiful and uncrowded beaches.

On a Suffolk road trip from London, the most popular beaches to visit are Aldeburgh, Southwold and Thorpeness , but if you’re looking to completely get away from it all, then Dunwich, situated in an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, is a great choice.

It’s home to the National Trust owned Dunwich Heath, which is a beautiful spot for walks.

If you’re looking to do an overnight road trip from London by car, the Cliff House Holiday Park is a lovely campsite right on the cliffs where you can pitch a tent, caravan or hire a lodge

Diving Distance from London: 100 Miles. 2 Hours 30 Minutes.

Suggested By: UK Family Travel

Devon is often overlooked because of the popular county of Cornwall but a Devon road trip is a brilliant trip to do and the benefit of visiting Devon from London instead of Cornwall from London is that going to Devon will shave off a good 1-2 hours from your journey!

Devon has a North Coast and South Coast to visit plus inland places like Dartmoor National Park , I spent 3 days in Devon exploring all 3 areas and it was enough time to see a lot!

Devon still has the Jurassic Coast , just like Dorset so walking From Branscombe to the pretty village of Beer along the coast is a popular thing to do. So is going to the Victorian seaside town of Sidmouth and visiting the nearby Donkey Sanctuary.

On the North Coast of Devon there is Woolacombe beach , a popular place for surfing and families to visit and it isn’t too far from the edge of Cornwall where Bude is, so you can do a Devon and Cornwall Road Trip in one go!

Diving Distance from London: 180 miles / 3 hours 40 minutes

Suggested By:   The Wandering Quinn

6. Brecon Beacons, Wales

A road trip from London to the Brecon Beacons will take you through some beautiful spots in England and Wales and it’s easily accessible via the M4!

Once in the Brecon Beacons National Park , you can spend a few days hiking. Popular hikes are to the top of Pen Y Fan , the biggest peak in South Wales and South England, there’s also a great Brecon 4 Waterfalls Walk .

Because you’ll have your car you should drive along the Black Mountain Road which offers stunning views and is known as the Top Gear Road.

For relaxing the Brecon Beacons is filled with lovely towns and villages like Hay on Wye which is perfect for those who like literature and unique places!

Afterwards, you can stop in Cardiff and check our Cardiff Castle and Cardiff Bay before going back to London!

Diving Distance from London: 180 miles / 4 hours

7. Pembrokeshire, Wales

The drive from London to Pembrokeshire isn’t the shortest so this is best if you have at least 3 days or even 1 week to spend on a short trip from London.

However, Pembrokeshire is an amazing part of Wales and the most visited for holidays because of its endless beaches , a full coastal walk linking every beach, family fun activities, a huge amount of campsites, holiday parks and pretty Welsh villages.

Tenby is the most popular place to visit in Pembrokeshire and there are lots of cottages in Tenby and campsites near Tenby to stay.

Saun dersfoot Beach and Barafundle Bay are also popular beaches to visit.

Bosherston Lilly Ponds , Stack Rock Fort and St Govans Chapel are my recommended hidden gems in Pembrokeshire to visit to make your short trip from London to Wales really memorable!

Diving Distance from London: 240 miles / 4 hours 40 minutes

8. Barry Island, Wales

Visiting South Wales is a great idea for a road trip from London as both places are either end of the M4 and takes around 3.5 hours by car .

One of the best places to visit on a road trip from London in Wales is Barry Island especially if you’re looking for a trip to the seaside for some tasty fish and chips and easy hikes around the coast. 

When going on a road trip to Barry Island from London, there’s cheap and all-day parking in close walking distance to the attractions and two accessible roads because it’s not an actual island (anymore).

The best things to do on Barry Island include riding the fairground , indulging on candy floss and stick-a-rocks, making sandcastles, renting a colourful beach hut and playing crazy golf on the promenade. Here are the best beaches in Barry !

If you’re brave enough, you could dip in the freezing ocean for a swim or attempt to win prizes in the arcade grabbers.

The unmissable thing to do on Barry Island, however, is enjoy everything Gavin and Stacey which was set and filmed around the area.

On your visit, be sure to read this guide to Gavin and Stacey filming locations and take a selfie with the cast billboard at Marco’s cafe for a memorable weekend road trip from London!

Diving Distance from London: 160 Miles. 3 hours 15 minutes.

Suggested By:   The Happy Days Travels

For Wales ideas also see: Places to Visit on a Wales Road Trip & Places for Staycations in Wales !

9. Isle of Wight

One of the most unique places you can visit on a road trip from London is the Isle of Wight .

Located just a stones throw away from the southern coast of England is a great place to spend a weekend away with friends and family.

From a few amazing beaches like Ryde beach to unusual experiences like visiting the Garlic Farm – there are so many things to do on the Isle of Wright.

Don’t forget to drive the famous Military Road , full of stunning cliffs views and to visit the Needles – one of the main landmarks on the Isle of Wight.

It’s better not to visit the isle of Wight during Bank Holidays in May but apart of that little island is a less touristy place – perfect for everyone willing to have great walks without crowds.

Diving Distance from London: 90 Miles. 3 Hours 10 Minutes.

Suggested By: Darek and Gosia

10. Ashdown Forest, Sussex

Ashdown Forest is a great place to stop on a road trip from London. For those who don’t know, Ashdown Forest is the real-life inspiration for the Hundred Acre Wood where Winnie the Pooh lives.

A. A. Milne stated that he believed Ashdown Forest was enchanted, and spent many hours wandering through it.

Today, visitors can also walk through various parts of the forest and even try to find different characters from the books. The most popular activity is playing Poohsticks by the river.

Nearby is, of course, Pooh Corner the sweetshop where A. A. Milne would take Christopher Robin.

In addition to getting out and enjoying nature, it is worth stopping by many of the surrounding towns. In  East Grinstead  you can learn about the town’s fascinating connection to WWII or stand on the Meridian Line.

Or head South to Fletching and take an alpaca for a walk. The beautiful Tudor Hever Castle is just a 20 minute drive away!

Diving Distance from London:  36 Miles. 1 hour 20 minutes.

Suggested By: Cultura Obscura

Campervan Hire for UK Road Trips

Before we get into all of the best UK road trip ideas from London. If you want to go on a memorable road trip with the freedom and flexibility to stop and camp where you want , why not hire a Camper??

Let me introduce to you Indie Campers ! They provide Campervan hire in the UK and Europe and their London depot is close to Heathrow Airport which is the perfect place to start and end your London road trip! 

Indie Campers own a range of high-quality Campervans and provide a high level of assistance before your booking and during your booking. Best of all, you can change the dates of your booking FOR FREE up to 48 hours in advance in case your plans change, or the weather looks like it could be bad and you can reschedule for a sunnier trip!

When planning a road trip around the UK, visiting less-visited places  like the suggestions below, and staying self-contained is going to be the future of travel for a while, but that’s not a bad thing as it provides a new adventure! So be sure to look into Indie Campers for a unique Road Trip from London !

11. Camber Sands, East Sussex

Camber Sands in East Sussex is a wonderful day out or weekend away from London. The beach is over two miles long so there’s plenty of space for everyone to spread out.

In summer time Camber Sands is a wonderful spot for a swim or a paddle. Children love to visit for sandcastle building or flying a kite.

In wintertime, the beach is popular with horse riders and dog walkers and the sunsets are magnificent making this an all year round road trip from London!

Camber Sands is located just outside the medieval town of Rye near the border with Kent. There are plenty of interesting walks in the area as well as some good places to buy a take away lunch.

If you don’t want to stray too far from the beach, there are several restaurants next to the beach although most of Camber Sands is backed by sand dunes, making it very picturesque.

Ensure you arrive early at Camber Sands, on warm days the car parks can get very busy so plan your London road trip accordingly.

Diving Distance from London: 80 Miles. 2 Hours 10 Minutes.

Suggested By: Smudged Postcard

12. Lyme Regis, Dorset

When looking for a trip out of London, there is no greater escape from the crowds than the beach. A few hours drive from London and you can find yourself in the tranquil county of Dorset.

Famed for the beaches, cliffs and fossils , the charming seaside town of Lyme Regis is a great place to base yourself.

Due to the long drive, I would recommend spending at least a night, or perhaps even a weekend, in Lyme Regis  on this road trip from Lonon.

There are many things to do in Lyme Regis , the beach here is naturally pebbled, and you will often see people searching under the cliffs for fossils. There is also a man-made sand beach, great for when the sun comes out.

The main street of Lyme Regis is dotted with independent shops , and there is also an old working mill. In the summer, there is also the opportunity to take a boat trip from the harbour, wither for sightseeing or fishing.

In addition to this, there are some wonderful walks in the area. Many offer amazing views of the southern coastline.

Diving Distance from London: 154 Miles. 3 Hours.

Suggested By: Around The World With Her

13. Kent Villages

Kent isn’t known as “The Garden of England” for nothing. Kent is home to many quaint villages, amazing landscapes, historic castles, award-winning seaside resorts and breathtaking coastline views. 

There are indeed many beautiful villages in Kent to visit within 1-2 hours drive of London. You can reach Aylesford village in an hour which is on the River Medway, 4 miles to the northwest of Maidstone.

There are free car parks for visitors where you can find a walking path which leads you to the village and the countryside around it making Kent one of the great London road trip ideas for scenic drives near London.

Or, you can go to Godmersham, where you can find Godmersham Park. Keep in mind this park is not like any other parks, it is featured on 10 pounds notes. 

Fordwich, the smallest town in the UK With a population of 381 is also located in Kent on the River Stour. You can rent a boat and go on the river or just have a walk around. 

For the coastal walk, you can drive to Broadstairs, a pretty town on the Isle of Thanet, where you can visit Charles Dickens’ favourite holiday spot.

Diving Distance from London: 36 Miles. 1 Hour.

Suggested By:  Travel With Mansoureh

14. Peak District

Nestled between the big cities of Manchester, Sheffield and Derby, The Peak District National Park is the oldest National Park in the UK.

It’s only a 3-hour drive from London , and standing on the craggy edge of one of the Peak District’s escarpments, overlooking the expansive landscape of green rolling hills and quaint villages below, you will feel a million miles away from life in the Capital.

Grab your Ordnance Survey map and hiking boots and head for a hike in the hills. Whilst Mam Tor in the North, or Dovedale Stepping Stones in the South, are popular hiking destinations, perhaps head to Curbar Edge or the rolling hills around Monyash, which will be much quieter.

Alternatively, bring your bike in your car and cycle along the miles upon miles of disused railway tracks that criss-cross the National Park. These have been transformed into gravel paths that are entirely traffic-free.

Whilst it is very doable to do a day trip from London with an early start and late finish, a visit to the Peak District is all about connecting with nature and slowing the pace.

So really, you want to book in at least a full weekend to reap the benefits of this road trip from London.

Diving Distance from London: 150 Miles. 2 Hours 50 Minutes.

Suggested By: Peak District Kids

15. New Forest

The New Forest is a great place for a day trip from London or weekend road trip from London. There are several campsites in the area, where you can truly unwind and enjoy being close to nature.

You can take bikes with you or rent some, as the area has some great cycling trails. It is also a good destination for people, who want to go hiking near London .

You will most likely spot some wild horses on your outing. They are a common sight in the New Forest National Park. You can also book horse riding lessons and tours at most stables.

In the summer wild swimming is quite popular. There are several rope swings hung up by locals along the Lymington River.

Brockenhurst has a nice little area by the river, which is suitable for small children to paddle in the water. Families often come for a picnic at the river bank so this is a great option if you’re wanting to take a family road trip from London.

Diving Distance from London:  88 Miles. 1 Hour 40 Minutes.

Suggested By:  Travel Hacker Girl

16. Cornwall

A Cornwall road trip is best enjoyed on a long weekend road trip from London.

National Trust members can park for free in the specified car parks scattered around Cornwall, and the coastal paths are the best way to see the rugged Cornish coastline. 

One of the most scenic routes on the Cornish coastal path is the route from Sennen Cove to Lands End , which gives walkers views over the beautiful Sennen beach and harbour area.

It’s the perfect spot to see Cornish wildlife, including red-billed choughs, peregrines, kestrels and grey seals. Further along the Mayon Cliffs coastal path, you can also walk to Maen Castle and see the lighthouses/shipwrecks lining the path. 

As well as the coastal path walks, Cornwall has a plethora of beaches and coves to visit where you will find secluded spots to enjoy minus the other tourists.

Even tourist favourite, Kynance Cove has a variety of coves and rock pools to enjoy away from other tourists. The coastal path from Kynance Cove to Lizard Point takes 47 minutes to walk or 15 minutes to drive. 

Timing is often everything when it comes to visiting places like Cornwall, and getting up early to explore or visiting the beaches in the late afternoon/early evening are a great way to get around and see the sights without hordes of other tourists.

Cornwall has various National Trust and English Heritage sites to visit, including the legendary Tintagel, as well as waterfalls and green areas to visit. 

There’s no doubt that Cornwall is a tourist hotspot, it is the place to visit if you want to get a taste of The Med without leaving England, but there are plenty of places to visit minus the crowds so looking into a London to Cornwall road trip !

Diving Distance from London: 260 Miles. 5 Hours.

Suggested By: The Life of a Social Butterfly

Also see: Hidden Gems in Cornwall to Visit & Things to do in Padstow !

17. Norwich

Norwich is the perfect road trip destination from London as it is not as far as you think, just over 2 hours from Central London . It is one of the best-preserved medieval cities in the country, and has a thriving independent food and shopping scene.

Home to one of the largest open-air markets in the UK , a 12th-century castle, two cathedrals and a maze of cobbled stone streets.

It is a city that offers everything! After a day of exploring there are plenty of pubs, cocktail bars and restaurants serving local produce for you to enjoy.

Norwich also provides a great starting point to discover some of Norfolk’s most stunning countryside.

The beautiful North Norfolk coastline stretches for over 100 miles and things to do in Norfolk include discovering gorgeous beaches, adorable coastal villages and some amazing wildlife – the seals live here all year round!

Closer to the city you can find the Norfolk broads . A man-made warren of waterways which provide beautiful views and a great day trip out! A perfect weekend getaway with a mix of country and city. 

Diving Distance from London: 118 Miles. 2 Hours 25 Minutes.

Suggested By: Where Charlie Wanders

18. Stonehenge

A Stonehenge day trip from London is both easy and fun because you can easily drive from London to Stonehenge and I recommend stopping in Salisbury, a town with a wonderful cathedral, along the way.

Once you get there, you may be surprised by the fact you can’t actually enter the stone circle, but only see it from a distance.

The only time of the year when you can enter is Summer Solstice when you can access Stonehenge for free on a first come first served basis to see the sunrise aligning perfectly with the rocks.

All other times of the year, you can learn about Stonehenge at the visitor centre, where you’ll discover theories about how and why it was built, plus see a 360° audiovisual view, allowing you to stand virtually in the centre of the stone circle and see how it changes in different seasons. 

Visiting Stonehenge, touring the visitor centre and admiring the stone circle from different angles takes about 3/4 hours, making this destination ideal for a day trip from London by car.

For a weekend away, you could add Salisbury and nearby Avebury so you have enough to do to fill two days on your road trip from London.

Diving Distance from London: 88 Miles. 1 Hour 40 Minutes.

Suggested By: The Crowded Planet

Click here to book yourself a Stonehenge Tour via get your guide!

19. Glastonbury

Most people think of the festival when they hear the name ‘Glastonbury’; few know that the town is well worth visiting in its own right. If you like nature, history and unique shops, you’re in the right place!

Quirky Glastonbury is a fantastic day trip from London or weekend road trip from London – it’s manageable in a day, but if you have time, it’s best to camp out nearby, or stay in one of the lovely guesthouses in town to make it a weekend trip. 

The drive from London to Glastonbury enjoys lush green scenery as you cross the beautiful rural counties of Wiltshire and Somerset.

Glastonbury is surrounded by nature, and plenty of hiking opportunities can be had close to the town, including the famous Glastonbury Tor, a hill that is awash with Pagan and Christian legend and has spring water that is said to be healing running out from underneath.

In the town, there are the ruins of Glastonbury Abbey, and lots of shops, where amongst the usual clothes and books, you can also buy tarot cards and crystal balls!

Its culture and history have given it the title of ‘England’s most magical town’; and any tourists there will definitely feel a mystical air as they walk around!

Suggested By: Go South West

Book yourself a full day tour of Glastonbury via Viator!

20. Avebury

Take a day trip from London and visit the largest stone circle in the world at Avebury in Wiltshire. Avebury Stone Circle has been there for since between 2850 and 2200 BC.

Avebury is set on a mound with a ditch running around it. The area has been used for farming for nearly 6,000 years and sheep still roam round the stones. Unlike Stonehenge, you can get up close and even touch the stones.

If you want a break from walking, you can stop for a bite to eat in the café at the barn or the Red Lion Pub, or have a look around the shops in the village.

The Alex Keiller Museum in the Museum Barn gives you an insight into the history of Avebury and the archaeological finds that have been made.

Walking tours around the stones can be booked at the museum too. The stones are free to walk round, though there is a charge for entering the Museum.

There is a large carpark which costs £4 per day for non-National Trust members and is free for members. The ticket machine only takes coins, so make sure you have change with you. There is parking for the disabled in the Old Farmyard.

Driving Distance from London: 83 Miles. 2 Hours

Suggested by: The Silver Nomad

21. London To Scotland

Finally, for something a bit different, if you have the time, and especially if you are flying into the UK for this UK Road Trip, why not look into a London to Scotland Road Trip or a Scotland to London Road Trip.

Indie Campers who I mentioned in this post have a depot near London Heathrow Airport and Edinburgh Airport which means you could start in Edinburgh and do a road trip to London visiting lots of places in Scotland and England in between, or a London to Edinburgh Road Trip. 

It would be best to do this as a 3-7 day road trip in the UK!

Diving Distance from London: 400 Miles. 7 Hours.

FAQs About Road Trips from London:

Here the answers to frequently asked questions about road trips from London:

What are good day trips from London?

Good day trips from London are those down to the South Coast to see the White Cliffs, Brighton, Kent and Bournemouth. More day trips from London that are great are to towns and cities like Windor, Bath, Bristol, The Cotswolds.

Where can you drive from London?

Once you get out of London driving is much easier so there are many places to drive from London like the South Coast of England, Essex, Kent, and to the West like South Wales, Somerset, Dorset, Devon and Cornwall.

Where can I go close to London?

The best places close to London to go are places in Kent, Brighton and Surrey

Where should I go within 2 hours in London?

You can get very far into South England with a 2 hour drive from London, you can get to Kent, Dorset, Surrey, Somerset and into The Cotswolds.

What are scenic road trips from London?

Scenic Road trips from London to go on are to the Jurassic Coast, the Sussex Coast, into Surrey, into The Cotswolds and the New Forest National Park.

Now you’re set with plenty of ideas for epic road trips from London!

More of my trips from London posts:

• 25 Day Trips from London by Train!
• 10 Alternative Day Trips from London to do!
• Things To Do in Oxford on a Day Trip from London.
• Things To Do in Brighton on a Day Trip from London.
• How to Visit the White Cliffs of Dover from London.

This post is in collaboration with Indie Campers.

If you liked this please share it! 🙂

• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

A Lady in London

And Traveling the World

Lady’s 21 Beautiful Villages Near London You Have to See

Today I want to share my guide to the most beautiful villages near London. The English countryside is the stuff of dreams, and it’s worth a special trip to see the highlights. From Kent to Surrey, Sussex, and the Cotswolds, there are fairy-tale villages in easy driving, train, and tour distance of the UK capital. Read on for my top picks. I’ve included a map, too.

Villages Near London

It’s hard to make a list of the best villages near London because there are so many of them. In fact, the whole of the English countryside is pretty. Some of the best places to visit in the UK are here.

From rolling hills to fluffy sheep, this green and pleasant land feels like something straight out of a storybook. But since it’s real and since I’ve set myself the task of making a list of some of the prettiest villages in England , I’m going to do my best.

Whether you’re looking for places with idyllic thatched-roof cottages, destinations for country breaks near London , or fun ideas for day trips from London by train or car, there’s a village you’ll love.

1. Shere, Surrey

Down in Surrey , Shere is one of the most beautiful villages near London. With streets packed full of heritage buildings and a pretty pond full of ducks, this place has all the ingredients for a rural idyll.

Picture-pretty Shere is famous for being a filming location for The Holiday and the Bridget Jones movies. In fact, the church in the village was used in multiple Bridget Jones films.

The streets of Shere are everything one could dream of in an English country village, and pubs like the White Horse have historic interiors worthy of a leisurely Sunday lunch.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay near Shere here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including hotels and pubs with rooms.

2. Castle Combe, Wiltshire

Next on my list of the best villages near London is Castle Combe. With its chocolate-box high street, picturesque side streets, and shops with teapot signs overhead, it has everything one could want in one place.

Castle Combe is one of the best villages in Wiltshire to explore, not least because of its picture-pretty houses and bridge over the By Brook river.

This quintessential village in the Cotswolds will get you dreaming about England. It makes a great day trip from London by car or overnight trip to Bath and the Cotswolds . You can also take a day tour from London to see Castle Combe. You can book one here .

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can reserve a place to stay in Castle Combe here . The most famous is The Manor House . It’s a real treat to call this hotel home-away-from-home. You can book your room here .

3. Great Missenden, Buckinghamshire

Great Missenden is next on my list of the most beautiful villages near London. This place is famous for its Roald Dahl connections.

The famous children’s book author lived in the village for 36 years, and today there’s a museum dedicated to him in the heart of town.

But there’s more to see in the village beyond the Roald Dahl Museum and Story Centre. The High Street and Church Street are both lined with historic facades and listed buildings.

Given the village is in the Chiltern Hills, there are lots of great walks and places to explore in nature around here, too. From Angling Spring Wood to Abbey Park, there’s no shortage of options.

This place is also accessible from London by direct train, so it’s an easy trip if you don’t have a car. I’ve done it before and I really enjoyed it.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Great Missenden here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including hotels, cottages, and inns.

4. Bray, Berkshire

Next on my list of the best villages near London is Bray. This beautiful place in Berkshire is so close to London you can take the Elizabeth Line (plus a short taxi ride) to get here.

Once in town, there are some exciting things to do in Bray. The village streets are packed with picturesque cottages, and the riverfront scenery on the Thames is beautiful. There are great walks you can do here, too.

But let’s be honest. Most people come here for the food. Bray is known for its Michelin-starred restaurants and pubs. From The Fat Duck to the Waterside Inn, it has more stars than many major cities.

It’s easy to come here for a half-day trip from London to walk around the village and enjoy lunch at one of the restaurants or pubs.

But it’s worth staying a night to experience a couple of the famous places to eat here (and explore the streets). You can see why on my guide to spending 24 hours in Bray .

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Bray here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including hotels, cottages, and restaurants with rooms.

5. Painswick, Gloucestershire

Back in the Cotswolds, Painswick is another of the most beautiful villages in England. With its pretty stone buildings and larger-than-life topiary trees, this place is bursting with beauty.

There are fun things to do in Painswick , too. The streets are full of heritage details, and the Painswick Rococo Garden is a stunning 18th-century number in a hidden valley with views across the English countryside.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Painswick here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including hotels and B&Bs.

6. Old Amersham, Buckinghamshire

In Buckinghamshire, Amersham is another of the best villages near London. Just outside the UK capital, this place is so close to the city you can reach it on the tube.

Amersham is famous for the historic houses and buildings on the high street in Old Amersham. It’s also known for country walks, as it’s located in the Chiltern Hills Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty.

This is a fun place to visit if you want an easy half day trip from London with as little time in transit as possible.

If you want to extend your stay and live like a local, you can book a place to stay in Amersham here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including historic hotels and inns.

7. Lacock, Wiltshire

Back in Wiltshire, Lacock is another of the most beautiful villages near London. Lacock is close to Castle Combe, and it’s famous for being a filming location for everything from the Harry Potter movies to Downton Abbey .

This beautiful village in the English countryside is brimming with yellow stone buildings and picturesque roadside stands with baked goods and bunting. Photogenic shopfronts with bicycles outside round out the scene.

This place is also home to the 13th-century Lacock Abbey. It has stunning medieval cloisters and a museum dedicated to the history of photography.

You can reach the village by car, or you can take a day tour from London to see Lacock and other famous places in the area. If the latter appeals, you can book the tour I recommend here .

If you want to stay a night, you can reserve a place to stay in Lacock here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including inns and B&Bs.

8. East Meon, Hampshire

Out in Hampshire , East Meon is another of the best country villages near London.

This idyllic spot has a river meandering through its heart. Thatched-roof cottages and pink facades make it a fairy tale lover’s dream.

Cheerful hollyhocks bloom on the waterfront in the warmer months, and red post boxes are set into by brick walls in true storybook fashion.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in East Meon here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including lodges and guesthouses.

9. Bibury, Gloucestershire

Home of the most photographed street in the Cotswolds (that’s Arlington Row if you don’t know), Bibury sits on the banks of the River Coln. William Morris once called it ‘the most beautiful village in England’, and he could be right.

Arlington Row features 17th-century weavers’ cottages that attract photographers from all over the world. A historic village pub called The Catherine Wheel is the perfect place for a drink, too.

This English village is also home to a water meadow called Rack Isle. It’s an important wildlife habitat in the Cotswolds.

Bibury features a trout farm, too. Established in the early 20th century by naturalist Arthur Severn, it stocks local rivers and streams with native brown trout.

You can get here by car, or you can easily visit Bibury on a guided Cotwolds day tour . You can book the one I recommend here .

If you want to stay a night, you can reserve a place to stay in Bibury here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including hotels, houses, and B&Bs.

10. Burnham Market, Norfolk

Up in North Norfolk, Burnham Market deserves a place on my list of beautiful villages near London. Often referred to as Chelsea-on-Sea, the central green in this well-heeled place is surrounded by pretty buildings and cafes.

With great shopping, lively pubs and restaurants, and access to nearby coastal gems like Holkham Beach, Burnham Market is the perfect place to spend a weekend in Norfolk .

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Burnham Market here . I’ve spent a weekend at The Hoste and I loved the rooms, pub, spa, and restaurant. You can book a room here .

11. Upper Slaughter, Gloucestershire

Back in the Cotswolds, Upper Slaughter is another of the best villages near London. This place wins hearts with its pretty stone cottages and idyllic surroundings.

The village lies on a slope above a stream, and it’s known for its 15th-century manor house, attractive medieval almshouses, and historic St Peter’s Church.

Upper Slaughter and its neighbor, Lower Slaughter, are some of the most beautiful places in England . They’re great to visit on a Cotswolds day trip .

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Upper Slaughter here . The most exciting is Lords of the Manor . This famous country house hotel is straight out of a fairy tale. You can book your room here .

12. Bampton, Oxfordshire

Situated between Oxford and the Cotswolds, Bampton is another of the most beautiful villages near London. This place has thatched-roof cottages, a historic church, and charming local pubs.

Bampton’s pretty streets have great details to discover, and the Church of St Mary the Virgin was used as a filming location for many scenes from Downton Abbey .

It’s easy to discover Bampton on a day trip from London by car. You can also take a guided day tour of Oxford and the Cotswolds or a Downtown Abbey tour to see it. You can book one here .

If you want to stay longer, you can reserve a place to stay in Bampton here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including hotels and inns.

13. Chilham, Kent

Next on my list of the prettiest villages near London is Chilham. Not far from Canterbury , this place is known for its chocolate-box streets and heritage buildings.

Chilham sits in the Kent Downs above the valley of the River Stour. It features steep, narrow lanes and a pretty square. There’s also a castle here.

You can visit Chilham independently by car or on a guided tour from London . You can book the tour I recommend here . It includes stops in famous places like Canterbury and Dover .

If you want to stay a night, you can reserve a place to stay in Chilham here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including B&Bs and inns.

14. Sapperton, Gloucestershire

Next on my list of the best villages near London is Sapperton. This is one of my favorite places in the Cotswolds for a number of reasons.

The village is full of pretty houses, many of which feature Arts and Crafts architecture. Some of the most famous architect-designers of the movement lived here and are buried in the churchyard.

Speaking of which, St Kenelm’s Church is worth popping into for its historic interiors. There’s also a village hall, which is across the street from The Bell at Sapperton pub. Speaking of the pub, it’s fun to have a drink in the atmospheric surroundings.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Sapperton here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including hotels and pubs with rooms.

15. Brockenhurst, Hampshire

Back in Hampshire, another of the prettiest villages near London is Brockenhurst. Located in the New Forest, it’s been called ‘Britain’s Most Beautiful Place to Live’.

Brockenhurst is home to a high street full of shops, pubs, cafes, and restaurants. It’s easy to stop here on a New Forest day trip , or make a longer journey of it.

There are famous restaurants nearby, too. And that’s to say nothing of surrounding villages like Beaulieu and Lyndhurst.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Brockenhurst here . There’s a wide variety of options to choose from, including hotels, inns, and apartments.

16. Aylesford, Kent

Next on my list of the most beautiful villages near London is Aylesford. Situated in the heart of the countryside, this is one of the best places to visit in Kent .

Aylesford sits on the River Medway not far from Maidstone. The heart of the village is home to beautiful historic houses, shops, and pubs. It’s a treat to wander around and take in the views here.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Aylesford here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including guesthouses and apartments.

17. Ashwell, Hertfordshire

Ashwell is another of the best villages near London. This picture-pretty place is known for its half-timbered facades, museum, pubs, and heritage buildings. It’s also right by the Icknield Way, so it’s a great place for country walks .

The 14th-century Church of St Mary the Virgin is renowned for its tower and the Medieval graffiti on its walls. There are also springs in the village that make up one of the sources of the River Cam (it’s the one that runs through Cambridge ).

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Ashwell here . There’s a variety of options to choose from, including hotels and B&Bs.

18. West Chiltington, West Sussex

Next on my list of the best villages near London is West Chiltington. With pretty houses and country pubs with sunny gardens, this place is a treat to visit.

The village is surrounded by fields full of cows and gentle hills with some of the best vineyards near London . Idyllic cottages round out the scene.

There are great walks you can do while you’re here, too. I’ve done a fun circular walk in West Sussex that started in West Chiltington and took me alongside ponds and through fairy-tale woods adorned with flowers.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in West Chiltington here . There’s a range of options to choose from, including lodges and homes.

19. Lavenham, Suffolk

Another of the best villages near London is Lavenham. This place was one of the wealthiest settlements in England in the Medieval period.

Today Lavenham numbers among the best-preserved Medieval villages in England. So much so that it was used as a filming location for one of the Harry Potter movies.

Lavenham is known for its eye-catching historic buildings. From the Guildhall to Little Hall, the 15th-century church, and the half-timbered medieval cottages, there’s a lot to love about this place. There are also great country walks you can take from here.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Lavenham here . There’s a wide variety of options to choose from, including hotels, guesthouses, and B&Bs.

20. Kingham, Oxfordshire

Kingham is another of my favorite villages near London. From topiary hedges to Cotswold stone cottages, this prettiest of villages is picturesque in every way.

It’s fun to explore the village streets and take walks in the area to soak up the fields and flowers. You can even walk to Daylesford Organic Farm in Gloucestershire. It’s a luxurious complex with shops, restaurants, and a garden center.

Additionally, Kingham has a village shop to browse, the historic St Andrew’s Church to admire, and atmospheric pubs to eat and stay in.

Kingham is easily accessible by train from London, so it’s a great place to go if you want to visit the Cotswolds without a car . You can see more about the village in my itinerary for 3 days in the Cotswolds and my blog post about a Kingham circular walk .

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Kingham here . I’ve stayed at The Kingham Plough and I love it. This beautiful property is a historic pub with rooms. You can book your stay here .

21. Cookham, Berkshire

Cookham is another of the best villages near London. Right on the Thames, this pretty place is known for its connections to Sir Stanley Spencer, one of the great 20th-century British painters. Many visitors come here to visit the Stanley Spencer Gallery.

But there’s more to the village than that. Cookham is home to one of the oldest pubs in England, a church with Norman origins, and sweeping views from Winter Hill.

It’s also one of the sites where the UK’s annual Swan Upping Ceremony takes place each summer. If you’re interested in witnessing this historic tradition, you can time your visit to coincide with it.

If this sounds like your kind of village, you can book a place to stay in Cookham here . There’s a range of hotels to choose from.

Map of Villages in Near London

As promised, I created an interactive Google map of all the villages on my list. You can find it here . If you click on the pins, you can see my relevant blog posts about each one.

I’ve also published a Cotswolds map and a map of Cotswold villages . You might find them useful in your planning, too.

Beautiful Villages Near London

I hope you’ve enjoyed my list of beautiful villages near London and that you’ve found some inspiration for your future British travels.

If you want more ideas, you can take a look at my blog post about the prettiest towns and villages in Britain . It includes lovely places like Rye .

If you prefer to stay closer to the capital (or in it, rather), there are some great villages in London you can explore. From Hampstead Village to Dulwich Village , Highgate Village to Greenwich Village , they’ll let you get your fix without leaving the city. Happy travels!

Find this post helpful? Buy me a coffee!

New here? Join thousands of others and subscribe to the A Lady in London blog via email .

Some of the links in this blog post are affiliate links. At no cost to you, I earn a small commission when you click on them and make a purchase. It doesn’t affect the way you shop, and it’s a great way to support the A Lady in London blog.

2 Comments on Lady’s 21 Beautiful Villages Near London You Have to See

I’ve only been to Lavenham. This is such an inspiring list. I’d love to visit some of these villages such as Shere or Lacock

Thanks, Tanja! I hope you can see them soon.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

© Copyright A Lady in London 2007 - 2024. Privacy Policy.

Join The London Crew: Grab this checklist with 110 things to do in london from a local.

Hues Of Delahaye

14 Cities Close to London To Visit By Train [2024]

Are you planning a short trip to England and want to explore  cities close to London ? Look no further!

This Londoner has you covered whether you’re an experienced traveller or new to exploring the UK, there is plenty of great days trips from London within easy reach.

Don’t have time to read the whole article? The best dat trip from tour is this  Windsor Castle, Stonehenge & Bath Full-Day Tour with a near-perfect ⭐⭐⭐⭐ rating.

From quaint cobbled streets and lively markets, these destinations offer unique experiences that take in all the culture, beauty, and history of these historic English towns, villages and cities close to London by train.

14 Cities Close to London – Outside UK

Here’s a look at some of the  best places near London  to explore— all within 2 hours away by train or car.

1. St Albans – 25 Minutes Away By Train

Just 25 minutes away from London, St Albans is the closest city to London by train. St Albans has plenty of history for visitors to explore. It was once a major Roman settlement and its cathedral dates back 1,400 years.

Visit Verulamium Park, which lies on the site of what was once one of the largest cities in Roman Britain. Tour the beautiful 11th-century St Albans Cathedral or visit the Verulamium Museum, filled with fascinating ancient artefacts and some of the most breathtaking mosaics you’ll find outside of the Mediterranean.

For more inspiration read my guide on  things to do in St Albans one of the cities nearest to london?

2. Chelmsford – 30 Minutes Away By Train

This city is located just 30 minutes away from London by train. Chelmsford was granted city status on 1 June 2012 to mark Queen Elizabeth II’s Diamond Jubilee.

This small city is filled with exciting attractions such as Hylands House and Park—a Grade 11 Neo-classical mansion surrounded by parkland.

The Chelmsford Museum offers interactive exhibits about the history of Chelmsford and Essex and Central Park, which is home to several outdoor events throughout the year in one of the top cities around London.

3. Brighton (England) – 1 Hour By Train

Brighton is one of England’s most popular seaside resorts just an hour away from London by train.

This quaint yet modern seaside escape from London has been a beloved bathing sea resort since the 18th century and is well known for its iconic Royal Pavilion.

Built by King George IV between 1787 and 1822, visitors marvel at the exotic palace constructed of Indian-style domes and minarets accented with lavish decorations. 

Additionally, tourists flock from all around to take strolls and take in sights along Brighton Palace Pier, a 1,722ft long Victorian pier located near downtown Brighton.

If you’re feeling adventurous, float up to 450ft in the spacious glass viewing pod of Brighton i360 for 360 views of the South Downs and the surrounding.

Last but not least, be sure to visit Brighton Museum & Art Gallery with its rotating collection of contemporary art exhibits and historical artefacts. They are so many things to do in Brighton!

4. Cambridge England – 1 Hour By Train

Cambridge, England is a bustling university city and county town located in Cambridgeshire. Cambridge is one of my favourite cities in the United Kingdom to visit, with so much to explore and things to do in Cambridge . Why don’t you start your visit by seeing Trinity College or the free-to-enter Fitzwilliam Museum.

Why not climb the 123 steps of the University Church tower of the Great St Mary’s Church and get a 360-degree view of the market square and the Colleges from above.

For a unique experience, why not take a punting tour along the river Cam and take in the beautiful views of the college “Backs”.

For more inspiration read my guide on  the best photo spots in Cambridge

While punting, keep your eyes peeled for the famous Mathematical Bridge too. Built in 1749 by James Essex (the Younger) and designed by William Etheridge, this architectural wonder stretches across the river Cam connecting Queens’ College with other colleges.

Check out King College Chapel, one of Cambridge’s most iconic buildings.

And if that wasn’t enough for you, take a stroll around Cambridge University Botanical Garden or join an exciting 90-minute Cambridge tour led by a past Cambridge student for firsthand insight into the prestige University.

A Cambridge day trip from London by train is easy from St Pancras train station with a journey time of within one hour.

Cambridge Uni Tour Led By Alumni w/ Optional Kings College

Come take a walk with one of Cambridge University’s graduate students and tour some of the most popular colleges, like King’s College, Clare College, and Trinity College.

⭐ RATING:  4.8 out of 5 Stars (710+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  2.5 hours | BOOK NOW

5. Winchester – 1 Hour By Train

Winchester is a charming Cathedral city in Hampshire, England. The ancient walls of the cathedral had stood since 1093 when William the Conqueror was in charge, and its Great Hall has King Arthur’s Round Table pride of place. This is a must-see city for those looking to transport themselves back in time.

Many centuries’ worth of history can be explored throughout the city, from Winchester Cathedral to the magnificent remains of Winchester Castle, which still stands strong in the form of its Great Hall.

There’s also the Hospital of St Cross founded in 1132 one of the oldest charities in Great Britain with Grade I listed buildings.

Don’t forget the Royal Armouries either – Fort Nelson hosts an unbelievable collection of artillery that you won’t want to miss out on.

And if that isn’t enough? Then you can experience victory through the Exercise Hockley Viaduct Way; this historic railway dates back to 1891.

For those seeking a guided experience, take a stroll around Winchester with a guided walking tour.

6. Canterbury – 1 hr 30 Minutes By Train

Canterbury is another excellent destination for those looking to escape from London for a day trip . Located an hour and a half away by train, this ancient city offers plenty of attractions such as Canterbury Cathedral (a UNESCO World Heritage Site).

The mother church of Anglicanism has sections that date back to the 11th Century, the Anglo-Gothic and Romanesque structure has been the site of major historical events.

The Canterbury Roman Museum is the perfect place to travel back in time. With its original Roman pavement mosaic, you can explore what the town would have been like 100 years ago.

Discover the history behind England’s largest medieval gateway at the Westgate Towers Museum and Viewpoint. Learn about how it was used to defend the city while enjoying spectacular views of Canterbury. Then, take a walk through the beautifully kept Westgate Gardens nearby.

However, one of the top things to do in Canterbury is to do a Canterbury river tour.

London: Canterbury Cathedral, Dover Castle, and White Cliffs

From London, take a day trip by mini-bus to Kent, known as the Garden of England. Visit Canterbury Cathedral, see the fantastic White Cliffs of Dover, and tour Dover Castle – the largest castle in the country!

⭐ RATING:  4.3 out of 5 Stars (186+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  10.5 hours | BOOK NOW

7. Oxford 1 hr 30 Minutes By Train

Located just an hour and a half away by train, Oxford is another great destination for those looking to explore England’s past. Oxford is also one of the major cities in the United Kingdom.

If you have just a short amount of time to explore Oxford, let me offer you the perfect sightseeing itinerary. Start with the University of Oxford it’s an absolute must-see. Here are a few things you can do in Oxford:

Take a stroll along its grounds, admire its magnificent architecture, and peek into some of its famous lecture halls. From there, head straight to Christ Church College, one of the most popular tourist attractions in Oxford , UK and known worldwide for its connection with Alice in Wonderland.

Keep your eyes peeled for the Radcliffe Camera. This stunning Thematic Library is a perfect symbol of Oxford’s architectural heritage. Its eye-catching 18th-century baroque-style design is renowned for its morning sunlight and striking shadow patterns – it’s a sight you won’t forget.

Home to over 200,000 rare books from the 16th, 17th and 18 centuries, Radcliffe Camera Oxford also showcases impressive displays like the exhibit of John Selden’s legacy.

After that jaw-dropping experience, make your way to Pitt Rivers Museum, where you’ll find fascinating collections from many cultures, postcards from all around Great Britain, and incredible exhibitions on anthropology and archaeology from all over the world.

Bridge of Sighs is  one of the city’s most recognisable landmarks. This beautiful footbridge will transport you back in time as you meander over its Gothic arches, connecting two quadrangles at Hertford College.

The bridge provides spectacular views of wooded gardens and meadows that are simply not seen elsewhere in Oxford, making it well worth a few moments of your time if you’re fortunate enough to make it there during sunset.

Finally, top off your visit with a scenic boat ride along the River Thames. Just don’t forget your camera—this picturesque view is one for the ages.

Oxford: University and City Walking Tour with Alumni Guide

Take a walking tour of Oxford University with one of its current students, who will provide extensive knowledge about the school, and take you to a filming location for Harry Potter.

⭐ RATING:  4.8 out of 5 Stars (1397+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  2 hours | BOOK NOW

8. Bath 1 hours 30 Minutes By Train

Bath, England, has so much to offer! If you want to learn more about the history of this beautiful city, visit the Roman Baths and explore Bath’s UNESCO World Heritage Site status. Bath is one of the few UNESCO World Heritage cities near London.

Once you’re done there, head over to Thermae Bath Spa and soak in some of their natural hot spring water. And don’t forget to check out The Holburne Museum, where you can experience a bit of Bath’s culture. Then relive the Georgian era with a tour of No.1 Royal Crescent.

For more inspiration read my guide on things to do in Bath UK

After that why not stroll through the Fashion Museum and take in some of the beauty and style of Bath.

For those up for an adventure, climb the 154 steps to get a magnificent view from the top of Beckford’s Tower located on Lansdown Hill.

Finally, visit The Jane Austen Centre and let it transport you back in time as you explore Austen’s time spent living here in Bath, UK. Believe us when we say it doesn’t stop there – pop into Sally Lunn’s for their legendary Bath bun or enjoy some high tea at one of the local establishments for a real taste of English culture.

Bath: 1.5-Hour Walking Tour with Blue Badge Tourist Guide

Let a professional tour guide, guide you through this UNESCO World Heritage City, its major landmarks of Bath and its captivating history.

⭐ RATING:  4.9 out of 5 Stars (567+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  1.5 hours | BOOK NOW

9. Bristol 1 hr 35 Minutes By Train

Located just an hour and a half from London, this vibrant city has plenty of things to see and do, including excellent shopping in The Galleries, exploring Bristol Cathedral, or taking a stroll along the picturesque Harbourside.

For more inspiration read my guide on  things to do in Bristol UK

While you’re in town, visit the Bristol Zoo, one of the oldest zoos in the world, or take a day trip to the nearby Bath. You won’t miss out on this charming city with its fascinating history, elegant architecture, and beautiful natural surroundings.

Bristol: Tootbus Bristol Discovery Hop-on Hop-off Tour

This open-top bus tour of Bristol’s major attractions gives you 14 different stops to hop off and explore the parks and attractions in a leisurely manner.

⭐ RATING:  4.4 out of 5 Stars (44+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  1 Day | BOOK NOW

It’s one of the large cities easy to travel to London Paddington with a journey time from London to Bristol Temple Meads of one and half hours from  London Paddington.

10. Norwich 1 hr 50 Minutes By Train

If you are looking for an exciting day trip outside of London, consider visiting Norwich, UK.

You’re in for a real treat when you travel to Norwich, this beautiful cathedral city located in Norfolk, England.

It was the first UNESCO City of Literature in England to receive the title award in May 2012. There’s so much you can do while in Norwich like:

Visit the famous Norwich Castle, which has stood since 1067, and explore the Roman ruins at Venta Icenorum – the remains of a once-thriving ancient town.

See the spectacular Norman architecture of Norwich Cathedral, built nearly 900 years ago in 1096-1145, this impressive structure is an unmissable part of the city’s skyline.

Better yet, catch up on local history by heading to the Museum of Norwich at The Bridewell.

Go shopping at Castle Mall or Chapelfield Mall, admire the beauty of St John the Baptist Cathedral or take in stunning views of part of the Norfolk Broads National Park.

You’ll never forget your time in this delightful city with its wealth of fascinating history and you’ll see why is is in the to 10 UK cities closest to London.

11. Salisbury England – 2 Hours By Train

This cathedral city is located in Wiltshire in the UK, where the rivers Avon, Nadder, and Bourne meet. The sights here are sure to take your breath away.

In the heart of it, all is Salisbury Cathedral – one of England’s four original Magna Carta manuscripts has its home there dating back to 1215AD.

Further exploring can be had at nearby Cathedral Close, where attractions like Arundells, Mompesson House, The Rifles Military Museum and Salisbury Museum await in the 10 cities closest to London.

And don’t forget to check out the traditional Charter Market in the Market Place when you’re in town.

12. Chichester 2 Hours By Train

Chichester in West Sussex has a rich Roman past. In fact, there is historical evidence of Roman settlement within the city. Examples of this can be found in the remarkable Roman baths and the Georgian wall that replaced the old city walls.

The Chichester Cathedral stands tall and proud as an impressive testament to the city’s past – having been constructed in the 11th century, it replaced an additional cathedral founded in 681 at Selsey.

If you want to learn more about what Chichester City Centre has to offer, then check out The Novium Museum. You can go on a fascinating learning tour there, as it’s free to enter. Plus, here is a fun fact – it was built on the remains of a Roman bathhouse.

Then take a stroll through Bishops Palace Gardens to appreciate nature’s beauty while taking in some spectacular views. What are you waiting for

13. Manchester 2 Hours By Train

If you’re looking to explore Manchester, England, you’ll have no shortage of things to see and do. Manchester is one of the major cities near London worth visiting.

The Manchester Opera House and Palace Theatre in the city centre is a great first stop.

Visit the Manchester Cathedral not only was it built almost 800 years ago, in 1421, but this historically significant UK landmark also features beautiful remnants of old English Gothic architecture, such as its unique two-toned masonry work.

The cathedral houses the world’s largest stained glass window in a three-part design called ‘The Good Samaritan’, which is worth taking a few moments to admire.

If you’re a sports fan, then be sure to check out Old Trafford while you’re there.

RHS Garden Bridgewater is worth a visit to experience something extra special. Reviving the gardens of the historic 156-acre Worsley New Hall estate has created an idyllic landscape everyone should see at least once.

For a unique tour of Manchester, try one of the river cruises or take in all Manchester United has to offer with its museum and stadium tour.

Don’t forget there’s plenty more beyond just Manchester, like the beautiful countryside, including the Lake District and Peak District, and cosmopolitan cities such as Chester, Leeds, Liverpool and Newcastle.

Old Trafford: Manchester United Museum and Stadium Tour

Visit Manchester United and get a rare look at the dressing room, tunnel, players’ dugout, and other exclusive areas.

⭐ RATING:  4.7 out of 5 Stars (1900+ reviews) | ⏳  TOUR LENGTH:  2 hours | BOOK NOW

14. Liverpool 2 Hours By Train

If you’re looking for a truly iconic and quintessentially British experience, then look no further than Liverpool one of the cities closest to London.

Pay a visit to the Royal Albert Dock Liverpool and relive its industrial heritage, or wander through the Beatles Story Experience to feel the electrifying force of 1960s counterculture.

To learn about Liverpool’s literary and artistic past, explore Liverpool Cathedral and the Walker Art Gallery.

Why not check out the British Music Experience if music is more your thing? Its interactive galleries will have you rocking around the clock!

Sports lovers should head to Anfield Stadium to witness Liverpool F.C. in action or take a 360-degree tour of the Royal Liver Building, one of Liverpool’s most iconic landmarks.

History buffs can explore the Georgian Quarter, where centuries-old architecture stands proud.

Immerse yourself in independent culture in the Baltic Triangle, one of Europe’s most cutting-edge creative hubs. However you choose to experience it, Liverpool has something to offer everyone.

Cities Near London FAQs

What towns are close to London?

The towns close to London are Maidenhead, Windsor, Hampstead and Richmond-upon-Thames and are less than an hour away from London city. Maidenhead  is just a short 34-minute drive to the West of London. This picturesque town offers quaint little cafes and lovely scenic walks and is perfect for a day trip excursion or even a weekend staycation . Windsor  is another great town to explore, just a 25-minute drive out of London. Wander through its beautiful castle or discover the many shops and restaurants in the stunning high street.

Hampstead  is also just a short 15-minute drive outside of London. Hampstead is the perfect place to relax and unwind with its charming village vibe and beautiful parks and gardens.

Greenwich  is a great option too, just 20 minutes downriver by boat and packed with historic sites such as the Cutty Sark , The National Maritime Museum and Royal Observatory.

Richmond-upon-Thames  is a 40-minute drive from London and offers great hiking trails and beautiful green spaces.

For those who fancy something further away, Folkestone in Kent is well worth checking out; it is famed for its beachfront promenade along the coast, where you can enjoy some of the best views of The White Cliffs of Dover . 

I have tried to select towns 30 minutes from London or within an hour from London.

What cities are 1 hour away from London?

These are the top cities within just one hour’s drive of London like St Albans, Chelmsford, Winchester, Brighton and Cambridge these are amongst the 10 closest cities to London.

What are the 2 cities in London?

London isn’t just one city; it’s actually two: the City of London and the City of Westminster . The City of London is a smaller area consisting primarily of the financial district, while the City of Westminster is made up of a variety of neighbourhoods and boroughs on both sides of the River Thames and takes in prominent landmarks, including Buckingham Palace, Big Ben, the Houses Of Parliament and Trafalgar Square.

 UK Cities Closest to London Conclusion| City Near London

These cities near London are some of the best places to visit if you’re looking for an escape from London but don’t want to travel too far, then these cities are perfect for you.

Sharing is caring!

• Pinterest 1

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Sharing is Caring

Help spread the word. You're awesome for doing it!

Posted on 4th January 2024 Categories Things to do

By: Author Julianna Barnaby

24 Must-Visit Castles in and Near London

Love This? Save and Share!

A step-by-step guide to exploring the best castles you can visit in a short trip from the capital (and a couple in London if you don’t want to leave the city). 

The regions surrounding London are filled with some of the UK’s most impressive castles – and exploring them is a fascinating way to find out more about the history that has shaped these lands.

But first of all, you have to know where to look. Some places, like Hadleigh castle are Romantic tumbling ruins, others like Windsor are still inhabited by royals. One thing they all have in common: they all look stunning.  

Here are the best castles close to what’s beginning to feel like a very under-fortified London (as well as a couple of London castles too) – complete with details for how to get to each one. What are you waiting for?

Castles Near London

Bodiam castle.

Everyone knows that the best castles have moats – and Bodiam Castle in East Sussex has a great one. The castle was built in the 14th century by Sir Edward Dalyngrigge, a celebrated knight of Richard II.

Today, it is one of the most beautiful castles in all of England. Romantics, historians and photographers are all likely to be totally besotted by its battlements.

It also boasts expansive grounds full of walking trails where you can discover plenty of unique plants – and maybe a few cute animals like hedgehogs.

Tickets to visit Bodiam Castle are £11 (or £12.10 with gift aid). National Trust members go free.

The Castle is also the jumping-off point for one of our favourite country walks near London .

How to get to Bodiam Castle: The easiest way to get to Bodiam Castle from London is to catch the Kent & East Sussex Railways (KESR) train to Tenterden. In the summer, there is a steam train from Tenterden to Bodiam Castle . You can also get the train to Robertsbridge or Battle, and get a taxi to the castle.

Read Next: Brilliant Day Trips from London

Camber Castle

King Henry built Winchelsea Castle in the 16th century to protect England’s southern coast from attack by the French. These days the ruin of this fort is known as Camber Castle, and the seaside location and windswept landscapes make it a striking place to visit.

The first thing you’ll notice are the castle’s circular walls. This was a common feature in the fortifications of the day and was a defence against cannon, the round shape strengthening the walls against heavy projectiles. 

It’s almost certain the castle was never used in defence of a French attack, instead it lived out its days in peace until it was dismantled by Parliamentarians to prevent it from falling into Royalist hands during the Civil War. 

Adults can get into Camber Castle for £3. Children under 17 go free. 

How to get there: The fastest way (just under two hours) to Camber Castle is by train from St Pancras to Rye and a short walk.

Hever Castle

Beautiful Hever Castle in Kent is one of the most historic in England, having been lived in by not one but two of Henry VIII’s wives – Anne Boleyn and Anne of Cleves.

It was originally built as a country house in the 13th century but was later fortified to protect the wealthy tax collector that lived there. It became property of the Boleyn family, who lived there for almost a century.

This link with the Boleyn family is one of the most interesting things about the castle, and there are several exhibits of documents and objects relating to the family and the Tudors.

There are also beautiful gardens, and even a new water garden and a maze which is great for kids (and kids at heart).

It’s cheapest to buy entrance tickets online – it’s £22.00 + £1.10 booking fee for the gardens and the castle.

How to get to Hever Castle: The easiest way to get to the castle is by car; if you don’t have one, there is a train that runs from London Victoria or London Bridge. You can either stop at Edenbridge Town Station and get a taxi for the three miles to the castle, or walk one mile from Hever Station.

Highclere Castle

This is not just another beautiful castle around London – it’s the setting for a little show known as Downton Abbey .

One look at the gorgeous Highclere Castle and it’s clear why it was picked – it really is your quintessential grand English castle.

The estate itself is thought to date back from the 8th century, although most of what is on show today is from the 19th century.

As well as the beautiful castle, the grounds are also the perfect place for a country stroll, and there’s an impressive collection of Ancient Egyptian artefacts as well.

The castle is only open on select days in summer, although parts of the grounds are open year-round. You can check the website for public openings and special events. Ticket prices change depending on the time of year, but you’re looking at about £30 for the castle, Egypt exhibition and gardens.

You can also do a Downton Abbey tour with lunch.

How to get to Highclere Castle: The easiest way to get to the castle from London by public transport is to take the train from London Paddington to Newbury. From here, it’s about a 15-minute taxi ride (advance booking is recommended).

Herstmonceux Castle

The imposingly beautiful Herstmonceux Castle is unique as it is one of the biggest and most significant brick-built castles in the UK.

Surrounded by a large moat with a bridge across, it is truly picturesque. Honestly, this is our personal favourite – not only is it incredibly beautiful, but it’s also much quieter than some of the better-known castles nearby.

As well as the impressive castle, the immaculate grounds are also gorgeous, with lots of walking and cycling trails.

It’s also a hub for science, as it is home to the Herstmonceux Science Centre which, amongst other things, has a great collection of telescopes.

The castle is open from early March to early November. An adult entry ticket for the grounds and the castle is £8.

How to get to Herstmonceux Castle: To reach the castle by public transport, you can get the train from Waterloo to Polegate, and then get the 98 bus to Herstmonceux, where it’s a short walk (or taxi ride) to the castle.

Rochester Castle

Although it is technically in “ruinous” condition, Rochester Castle features one of the best preserved ‘keeps’ (large towers) anywhere in the UK or France.

The keep was built in 1127, as the castle’s location was of great tactical significance. As a result of this prime defensive location, it was heavily fortified.

Nonetheless, the castle was besieged repeatedly. Most famously, King John laid siege to rebels held up in the castle; part of the keep was destroyed, and eventually starvation caused the rebels to surrender.

By the 17th century, the castle had fallen partly to ruin. It has been partly restored and is one of the most beautiful castle ruins in the country.

The castle is managed by English Heritage, and members get in free. For non-members, tickets can be bought online or at the castle. An adult ticket is £7.70.

How to get to Rochester Castle: The castle is located in Kent, near Rochester. There are frequent trains from London to Rochester, and then it’s about a ½ mile walk to the castle.

Leeds Castle

Leeds Castle calls itself “the loveliest Castle in the world”, and we can see why. We don’t like to play favourites, but this one is pretty special.

Floating in the midst of a lake, it’s a gorgeous sight. Although there’s been a castle on the grounds since the 12th century, most of what is on show nowadays dates from the 19th century and is more country house than fortification. 

It’s been a popular filming location for decades – most recently featuring the much-loved TV series Doctor Who .

Entry tickets are £30 online (£35 at the gate), and entitle you to entry for a whole year. You can also stay overnight in a cottage or try “ glamping ” if you want a bit longer to soak up the peaceful atmosphere.

How to get to Leeds Castle: Despite its name, Leeds Castle is actually in Kent. You can get the Southeastern train from London to Bearsted Station – in summer, there is a shuttle from the station to the castle, while at other times you’ll need to get a taxi.

You can also get the Nuventure no. 13 or Avura no. 13 bus from Maidstone. Or, another great option is to combine your visit with a tour of nearby Dover and Canterbury castles as well.

Windsor Castle

Windsor really is the castle to end all castles. It’s the world’s oldest, and largest inhabited castle – and, of course, was once the weekender of Queen Liz herself.

Visiting Windsor Castle allows you to take a peek into over 900 years of royal life, from William the Conqueror, who originally founded the site with the intention of controlling the western entrance to London, to the current young royals.

Plus, a visit really is the best way to appreciate the mammoth scale of both the castle – considered the pinnacle of Georgian architecture – and the grounds.

An adult ticket to the castle is £28 and can be purchased online.

How to get to Windsor Castle: It is easy to get to Windsor Castle from London. The most direct way is to get a train from Paddington to Windsor, but you can also go from Waterloo.

Hadleigh Castle

Hadleigh Castle won’t give you the grand crenelations and sturdy walls you might be wanting from your castle day trip, but what it doesn’t provide there it more than makes up for in windswept, haunting decrepitude. 

That’s because all that remains now is the ruin of a tower and a few walls here and there. The castle was once one of the most important during the reign of Henry III, used to extract wealth from the people of Essex and defend against potential French attacks. 

Part of the charm of this crumbling ruin is that you don’t have to pay to get in, entry is entirely free. 

How to get there: You can take a train from Stratford International to Rayleigh and from there to Old Oak where you’ll find the ruins of Hadleigh Castle a short walk away. 

Hastings Castle

The ruins of the once-grand Hastings Castle are particularly beautiful thanks to their coastal location in charming East Sussex.

In fact, Hastings Castle was the first castle ordered to be constructed by William the Conqueror after the Norman Conquest of 1066. That castle was wooden, and eventually fell into the sea – sensibly, it was rebuilt in stone.

Over the years, the castle was battered by the weather and by armies, including during World War II when it took the brunt of German bombing runs aimed at the nearby town. Today, it is largely ruined, but still has hints of its former grandeur.

The castle is open between April and October, and the entry price of £6.25 includes entry to the keep, the dungeon and the showing of a short film.

How to get to Hastings Castle: You can get the Southern or Southeastern train from London to Hastings, which takes just under two hours. They run frequently from London St Pancras and London Bridge stations.

Dover Castle

When it comes to impressive settings for a castle, it doesn’t get much better than Dover Castle . Perched on top of the famed White Cliffs of Dover, it’s pretty spectacular.

When it was built in the 11th century, it wasn’t chosen for the views, but for the tactical significance of the coast. Dover Castle was known as the “key to England” as it was of such strategic importance.

Today, you can explore the Great Tower or even learn about the modern history of the Secret Wartime Tunnels tucked away into the cliffside – lowkey our favourite part of a trip to this historic site.

The castle is managed by English Heritage, so members get free admission. For others, the entry price is £29.

You can also combine a visit with nearby Leeds and Canterbury Castles.

How to get to Dover Castle: It’s easy to get to the castle by public transport as long as you don’t mind a little bit of a walk. The closest station is Dover Priory, which is about 25 minutes on foot away from the castle. 

You can also get a taxi if you prefer. There are frequent South Eastern trains from St Pancras or London Victoria.

Broughton Castle

Broughton Castle bridges the gap between a country house and an impressive castle nicely. That’s in part thanks to a trend among the aristocracy of old to dress their manor houses up in fortifications to make them look more impressive. 

The grounds have been added to over the years but the gatehouse at Broughton Castle dates back to the 1200s and much of the history of this place is tied up with the English Civil War, where it served as a meeting place before the battle of Edgehill. 

Entry for adults is £11 and children aged 5 – 15, £7. 

How to get there: This castle is probably best reached by car. It’s just over a two-hour drive from central London. Alternatively, you can take a train from Marylebone Station to Banbury and then hop on the 75 bus which takes about the same time.

Arundel Castle

Arundel Castle is one of the most impressive castles you can find close to London. It was built in 1067 by the Earl of Arundel, the first person to be given a title by William the Conqueror.

The Castle was significantly damaged during the English Civil Wars but has been painstakingly restored to be one of the best examples of a Mediaeval castle. Parts of the castle, including the keep, are part of the original structure.

The surrounding village of Arundel is also incredibly fairytale-like, making the entire scene like something out of a film set. Likewise, the interior of the castle boasts some finely preserved interiors – a glimpse into the life of English Nobility throughout the ages. 

The castle is open from Tuesday to Friday, from April to early November each year. Tickets range from £19 to £26 depending on how many rooms you wish to see.

How to get to Arundel Castle: The Castle is located in West Sussex. There are frequent trains from London Bridge to the town of Arundel, where it is a short and picturesque walk.

Tonbridge Castle

Tonbridge Castle is most famously associated with the de Clare family, English nobility who rebelled against the King in 1088.

The castle was besieged, and the family eventually surrounded – however they would eventually rise to be the most powerful family in the UK at one stage.

Eventually the costs of keeping up such a sprawling property became too much. By the 16th century, the castle was deserted. In 1793, a large mansion was built adjoining the castle, and life returned to Tonbridge.

Today, the castle is owned by the council and welcomes visitors to come and see what aristocratic life was like in England. There are also lots of walking trails in the gorgeous grounds.

Tonbridge Castle is open daily, and an adult ticket is £9.90.

How to get to Tonbridge Castle: It’s easy to get to the castle by train, as Tonbridge Station (serviced regularly by Southeastern Trains from Charing Cross or London Bridge) is a ten-minute walk away.

Scotney Castle

It may not be the largest castle on this list, but the 14th-century Scotney Castle in Kent is surely one of the most picturesque and romantic castles you can find within a short journey from London.

Technically, it’s a country house rather than a castle (castles are fortified, country houses are pretty), but it is nonetheless known as Scotney Castle.

With woodland on one side and a small lake on the other, it’s incredibly beautiful. This is especially the case in spring when the castle walls become covered in colourful blooms.

The castle is managed by the National Trust, meaning members can visit for free. For others, the cost is £15 (£16.50 with gift aid).

How to get to Scotney Castle: Getting to the castle is a bit tricky without your own vehicle. The closest train station is Wadhurst, 5.5 miles away, so you’ll need to get a taxi from the station.

Guildford Castle

Yet another castle that can trace its links back to the Norman Conquest of 1066 is Guildford Castle .

Due to a lack of records, it is not clear exactly when or by who the castle was built, but historians are pretty sure it was shortly after the Norman Conquest. That’s because we know that William the Conqueror built castles at strategic points all over England.

Guildford was one of these, chosen as it was a convenient stop between the capital and the southeast coast.

Later, it served as the county prison for Sussex and Surrey, and was also a residence for some time.

Today, the castle is open to the public from March to October. The entry fee is £3.90, or you can visit the beautiful grounds for free.

How to get to Guildford Castle: There are frequent trains from London Waterloo to Guildford. The castle is within walking distance of the station.

Oxford Castle

For a castle that’s steeped in over 1000 years of history, take a trip to Oxford Castle and Prison and delve deeper into the dark history of this charming British city.

This really is one of the quirkiest castles you can find near London. Feeling brave? You can even take part in a murder mystery evening here (it’s said to be pretty haunted !) or get involved in an escape room to test your wits.

Adult tickets cost £15.50 and kids get in for less than a tenner, though it’ll cost you extra if you want to get involved in any of the activities – there’s also a great cafe serving up delicious treats in the castle courtyard that we highly recommend.

How to get to Oxford Castle: The easiest way to get to Oxford Castle is to hop on a direct train from Paddington to Oxford. After, it’s a ten-minute walk to the castle. If you want to drive, it’ll take about 90 minutes to reach Oxford.

Warwick Castle

For a fun family day out, you just can’t beat Warwick Castle – it’s one of the best in the UK.

You’ve got the historical bit: the 1100 years of history, the pretty grounds, and the falconry shows. But you’ve also got heaps of fun activities to get involved with – the Horrible Histories maze and the iconic Warwick Dungeons are particular highlights. 

You can even make a weekend getaway out of it – book yourself a tent in the Knights Village and get stuck in with a Mediaeval glamping experience that the whole family will enjoy.

If you can, we highly recommend going to their Halloween events held throughout October – it’s got all the creepiness of an old castle with the added fun of a live seance and the spooky House of Wax.

Book online for big savings on entry – adult tickets start at £21 but you’ll have to pay more for extra activities.

How to get to Warwick Castle: It might seem far, but in under two hours you can take a train from London Marylebone to Warwick. From there, it’s less than a ten-minute walk through the pretty town centre to the castle – you can’t miss it!

Wallingford Castle

Head to Wallingford and you’ll find the remains of a stunning castle overlooking the early reaches of the Thames.

This Oxfordshire castle dates back to the Mediaeval ages, and although lots of the stonework is now in ruins, it really is a gorgeous spot surrounded by flowers and greenery.

The history of this place is also very cool. It was, during the 12th and 13th centuries, regarded as the most powerful castle in England. And even though many tried, no one ever succeeded in defeating a defending force and taking Wallingford. 

The best part? Wallingford Castle and its pretty gardens are free to visit, so pack a picnic and head over for a day of exploration.

How to get to Wallingford Castle: The easiest way to get to the castle is by taking a train from Paddington to Reading, and then taking the X39 bus to the Market Place. From here it’s a short walk to the castle grounds. If you fancy driving, it’ll take around 1 hour 20 minutes.

Rockingham Castle

Rockingham Castle is easily one of the prettiest castles near the capital, with the flower-filled grounds that make it a highly popular wedding spot.

The castle has a long and interesting history. It was first ordered to be built by William the Conqueror but later gifted to Edward Watson by Henry VIII in 1544, in part because Henry was put off by how dilapidated it was. Since then, the castle has been visited by plenty of royalty and Charles Dickens even used to perform his plays here.

The Norman castle often hosts a number of events including a food and drink fair, outdoor cinema dates, and Tudor history days, so keep an eye out for this on their website. 

Regular tickets cost £13.50, and kids can get in for £8.50 – though you can just visit the garden for a reduced rate.

How to get to Rockingham Castle: Located in Northamptonshire, it’s a pain to get to on public transport – but well worth a visit if you’ve got a car and fancy making the two-hour journey from London.

Colchester Castle

Colchester Castle is a beautiful Norman castle and museum which tells the story of the Roman and Norman Conquest of Britain. If you’re after an educational day out (alongside some picturesque views) this is the spot for you.

There’s plenty to do here – take a stroll through the grounds, picnic in the gardens, or head inside for a tour to learn more about the history of the place. 

For a teaser of that history, know that Colchester Castle was built on the site of a temple to Emperor Claudius that dates all the way back to AD49 making this site nearly 2000 years old. 

Tickets cost £12.50 for adults and £6.95 for children, although they have some bundle options that are well worth it if there’s a small group of you.

How to get to Colchester Castle: The easiest way to get here is to take a train from Liverpool Street Station to Colchester, then taking a short walk to the castle.

Castles in London

Tower of london.

While it is today one of London’s most famous and popular attractions, the Tower of London certainly didn’t begin life that way.

In fact, when this London castle was built by William the Conqueror in 1078, resentful Londoners saw it as a symbol of his oppressive, well, conquering. They were not impressed.

Since then, the tower has had stints as everything from a royal residence to a menagerie. However, it was perhaps its centuries-long time as a prison that is the most well-known.

Some of the famous inmates who were “sent to the Tower” include Henry VIII’s wife Anne Boleyn and subsequently her daughter, Elizabeth I (later Queen Elizabeth). More recently, the infamous gangster twins Reggie and Ronnie Kray were two of the last prisoners in the Tower of London.

Then, of course, there’s the fact that it’s home to the mind-bogglingly valuable Crown Jewels and home to one of the oldest continuous ceremonies in the world . 

With such varied history, it’s no wonder it’s such an iconic London attraction.

You can visit the Tower of London and Crown Jewels exhibition £33.60 and tickets can be booked online.  

How to get to the Tower of London: Its central location makes it a breeze to get to on the Central Line – it’s just a five-minute walk from the Tower Hill station.

Read Next: London Sightseeing Spots You Shouldn’t Miss

Severndroog Castle

To learn about the quintessentially British idea of a “folly”, we highly recommend a trip to Severndroog Castle near Greenwich.

For those not in the know, a folly is an elaborate and ornate building that has no real purpose except to look interesting. As you do, when you’re English aristocracy and the family coffers are overflowing.

Severndroog Castle is one such building, having been constructed in 1784. It was built mostly as a memorial to Sir William James, who commanded over a decisive English victory in Suvarnadurg, India.

By the late 20th century, however, the castle had fallen nearly into disrepair. A large grant and the enthusiasm of a group of local volunteers ensured it was saved and opened to the public in the early 2000s.

The castle is open Thursday to Sunday, and entry to both the castle and the surrounding woods (as well as a volunteer-led tour) is just £4 for an adult.

How to get to Severndroog Castle: The easiest way to get to the castle is to take the Jubilee Line to North Greenwich, where you can get the 486 bus which will drop you right near the entrance.

Read Next: Quirky Places to See in London

Castles Near London: A Handy Map

Love This? Save and Share on Pinterest

Looking For More London Sightseeing Guides? Read These

• Brilliant Day Trips from London
• Beaches Near London that are Perfect for When the Sun Shines
• Woodlands and Forests Near London for a Taste of the Great Outdoors

LET'S GET SOCIAL!

London x London is the insider’s guide to discovering the best of London.

We delve into the cool, interesting and quirky spots that make London such a dynamic city, telling you the best things to do, eat and drink along the way. 

Tired of the same old dull suggestions? Want to know where to find London’s secret bars, tastiest eats and weirdest finds? We provide practical guides that help you do just that.

Find Out More

Recently Published

• Eltham Palace: Discovering South London’s Gorgeous Art Deco Secret
• Staying At: The Laslett, Notting Hill Review
• Carreras Cigarette Factory: A Curious Reminder of London’s Egyptian Art Deco Craze

Places to Visit If You Hate Yourself: Top 50 Near London!

Discover the best places near London you’ll wish you’d never heard of. From yawningly historic sites to nature spots that are natural letdowns, we’ve got the ultimate guide to boredom. Warning: May contain high levels of British sarcasm.

Well, well, well, look who’s here. You’re keen to unearth a list of places near London so striking they’ll make you weep? The kind of spots so lovely, they’re genuinely unbearable? Perfect, you’ve stumbled onto the right blog.

Allow us, Darek and Gosia, to guide you through this perilous journey. ‘Perilous’ because these beauties are downright infuriating with their charm.

So, shall we plunge into this abyss of allure? Don’t blame us later!

Why there are so many beautiful places to visit near me?

Oh, it’s terribly unfair, isn’t it? Living in London means you’re practically drowning in so-called “beautiful” places to visit. But let’s keep a stiff upper lip and soldier on, shall we?

You’ve got a smorgasbord of historic towns, natural landscapes, and coastal beauties just begging to be toured – each vying to be the most underwhelmingly stunning.

So why so many? Well, blame it on Britain’s penchant for preserving history, culture, and nature like they’re all going out of style. Truly, it’s a curse to have so many options. Darek suggests wearing sunglasses to fend off all the dazzling splendour.

Beautiful places to visit near London

1. lower slaughter.

Where to go near me? Lower Slaughter , where even the name can’t decide if it’s menacing or oddly inviting. Nestled in the Cotswolds, it’s a paradise you’ll love to hate. The river Eye trickles through like a tortoise who’s forgotten its way, while the stone cottages appear as though they’ve been curated by a perfectionist with a twee obsession. The old mill is a particular eyesore, with its still-functioning waterwheel. Really, who needs a functioning historical piece when you could have modern machinery?

• Old Mill: So useful it’s disgusting.
• River Eye: More like “I wish I never saw it.”

2. Lavenham

Beautiful places to visit near me? Good heavens, Lavenham is like that friend who never grew out of their medieval phase. This Suffolk village bombards you with so much history, you might just forget you’re living in the 21st century. Tudor houses lean over the streets as if gossiping about the residents. And to add insult to injury, it’s a mere hour and a bit from London.

3. Chipping Campden

Scenic places near London? Chipping Campden, another Cotswolds nuisance , has such a painfully idyllic high street, you’ll wish for a nondescript strip mall. The ancient market hall and St. James’ church provide far too many photo opportunities.

• Market Hall: Practically begging for attention.
• St. James’ Church: Gothic to the point of parody.

4. Finchingfield

Places of interest near me? You’ll adore Finchingfield if you have a penchant for cliches. A village green so green it’s obnoxious, and a duck pond so serene you’ll question its motives. Plus, let’s not forget the humpback bridge, a twee architectural anomaly that’s perhaps too perfect for its own good. Beware: it’s all a trap!

5. Castle Combe

Tourist places near me? Don’t be fooled by Castle Combe’s cinematic charm ; this Wiltshire village is just showing off. You’ll probably recognise it from a film or two, and that’s because Hollywood can’t resist its ludicrous beauty either. You’d think a place that pretty would at least have the decency to be hard to get to, but no, it’s just a car ride away from London .

• Movie Appearances : Far too many.

Now, having traipsed around these alarmingly beautiful places with us, don’t say Gosia and Darek didn’t warn you. Our verdict? Steer clear. Your Instagram can’t handle this level of insufferable charm.

6. Isle of Portland

Most beautiful places near London? Brace yourself for the Isle of Portland, an overachiever off the coast of Dorset . Between its ostentatiously rugged cliffs and the lighthouses that are clearly overcompensating for something, it’s an island that tries too hard.

Best places to visit near me? Here’s Aldbury, a Hertfordshire village near Tring that has the audacity to include a mirror-like pond, an excessively nostalgic village green, and a pub that might as well have been plucked from a Dickens novel. You’d almost expect to see horse-drawn carriages instead of cars. It’s that stuck in the past.

• Pond: Reflecting too much beauty for comfort.
• Pub: The Greyhound, setting unrealistic pub standards since who knows when.

8. Chipping Norton

Cute places near me? If you ever find yourself near Oxford and feel like being annoyed, Chipping Norton is your go-to destination. Besides its painfully slow-paced lifestyle, there’s also a theatre that’s far too ambitious for a small town.

Places to visit near me within 50 miles? Remember “The Holiday” with Cameron Diaz and Jude Law? Well, you can blame Shere for that. This Surrey village is so absurdly beautiful, it makes even romantic comedies seem plausible. Tudor-style buildings and stone bridges are this village’s greatest sins. If you must go, bring a strong stomach for cuteness. Gosia couldn’t handle it. We had to leave.

• Movie Set Worthy : Annoyingly so.

10. Shaftesbury

Beautiful places to visit near London? Shaftesbury in Dorset – famous for Gold Hill, which appeared in that Ridley Scott-directed Hovis ad. Yes, the one with the boy pushing a bike uphill to a choral rendition of Dvorak. Believe us, in real life, it’s even more nauseatingly photogenic.

Well, if you weren’t put off before, you probably are now. It’s just a little more than an hour from London, and it’s far too quaint for its own good. Proceed with caution, especially if you’re allergic to charm. Darek broke out in hives.

11. St Albans

Nice places to go near me? St Albans , named after Britain’s first saint and, unfortunately, the place does try to live up to that holy reputation. Roman ruins, a cathedral that could double as a heavenly gateway, and pubs that claim to be the oldest in England. It’s like walking through a history book that won’t end.

• Cathedral: Almost divine. Almost.
• Roman Ruins: St. Albans or Rome? Easy to confuse the two.

12. Seven Sisters

Picturesque places near London? Alright, get ready to not be swept off your feet by the Seven Sisters chalk cliffs in Sussex . There’s so much natural beauty it actually becomes a form of visual harassment. It’s the sort of place that prompts unnecessary life reflections and profound Instagram captions. And to add insult to injury, it’s just a stone’s throw away from London.

13. Durdle Door

Beautiful places near me? If you’re into ancient geological wonders that are almost cool, Durdle Door’s your spot. This natural limestone arch in Dorset has been hanging there for something like 10,000 years, like a massive prehistoric do-not-disturb sign. As if we’d want to!

• Limestone Arch: Ageing like milk, not fine wine.
• Beach: Made for postcards you’d never send.

14. Alfriston

Nice places to visit near London? Here’s Alfriston in East Sussex, a village so small you might blink and miss it, and honestly, you’d be better off. With its Clergy House, the first-ever property acquired by the National Trust, and a church they call the ‘Cathedral of the Downs,’ it’s practically begging you to acknowledge its quaintness.

15. Abingdon

Places to explore near me? Finally, there’s Abingdon , one of those towns that make you ask, “Why isn’t this place famous again?” A beautiful riverfront, historic buildings, and an annual bun-throwing festival that’s a literal blast. No wonder it’s one of the oldest towns in England; it’s too stubborn to change.

• Riverfront: Making water look too good.
• Bun-throwing: Clearly they’ve run out of ideas.

Well, you can’t say we didn’t warn you about these spots, each more annoyingly beautiful than the last. And they’re all near enough to London to be tempting but proceed with extreme caution. Darek thought Abingdon was ‘not too shabby,’ but don’t let that endorsement lure you in.

16. Old Harry Rocks

Scenic places near me? Meet Old Harry Rocks, the Jurassic Coast ‘s senile old men, staring out at the sea like they’re waiting for their ships to come in. Darek said he half-expected them to start telling long-winded tales of their geological youth.

17. Turville

Pretty places near London? Turville is so idyllic, it’s offensive. Nestled in the Chiltern Hills , it’s been the setting for countless TV shows and films, from “The Vicar of Dibley” to “Chitty Chitty Bang Bang.” Honestly, it’s like the village won the geographic lottery and then just rested on its laurels.

• Idyllic: To a nauseating extent.
• TV Stardom: Fame went straight to its head.

18. Stonehenge

Good places to visit near me? Stonehenge – the stones are arranged in a circle. Wow. Revolutionary. If you’re in the mood for a historic game of ‘connect the dots’ without the dots, then by all means, go visit. It’s around 90 miles from London, which is, frankly, 90 miles too close.

19. Silverstone

Where to go near me? Petrolheads, rejoice! Here’s Silverstone, a place where cars go round and round and… well, that’s it. If you’ve ever wondered what ‘Days of Thunder’ would’ve looked like without Tom Cruise, now’s your chance.

• Racing: With no end in sight.
• Loud: Like, really loud.

20. Burnham Beeches

Nice place near me? Burnham Beeches is one of those woodlands where you’re forced to contemplate life’s great mysteries, like why are you here and why did nature have to go all out with the whole ancient woodland vibe? Even Gosia admitted she felt like a Disney princess, which was just unbearable.

Now that you’re suitably uninspired, it’s worth noting that these abominations of natural and man-made beauty are dreadfully near London. If you’re the sort of person who finds perfection intolerable, these spots are kryptonite. Proceed with care.

21. Windsor

So full of royal splendour that it’s basically a crown jewel that grew legs and turned into a town. Home to Windsor Castle , the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world. The place reeks of blue blood, it’s suffocating.

22. Chiltern Hills

Pretty places to visit near me? Oh, the Chiltern Hills . It’s like God took a patch of England and said, “Let’s crank up the ‘quaint’ dial to 11.” The only thing worse than its natural beauty is the compulsive need it ignites in people to take long, ponderous walks. Even the name sounds like it’s judging you.

• Scenery: Overwhelmingly lovely.
• Walking Trails: They never end.

Pretty places near me? Welcome to Witney , the poster child for market towns everywhere. It’s so ‘standard England’ it hurts. Blankets and beer were historically produced here, which means they’ve basically got the boredom market cornered.

24. Kew Gardens

Oh, you like plants? Well, Kew Gardens is full of ’em. A never-ending sprawl of flora and fauna that’s somehow both fascinating and utterly, irrevocably tedious. It’s almost like walking through a green encyclopedia. And it’s practically a neighbour to London!

• Flora: More than you asked for.
• Royal Connections: Because it needs a crown, apparently.

25. Arundel

Nice location near me? If there’s one place that can make history boring, it’s Arundel. With its majestic castle and towering cathedral, it’s a place that even time seems to have forgotten, mostly because it got bored and moved on.

Each of these places tries so hard to be charming that they’ve looped right back to being intolerable. And the worst part? They’re all accessible from London, the ultimate trap for those in search of something ostensibly remarkable. So there you have it; consider yourself warned.

26. Burford

Where to visit near me? Burford , ah, the so-called “Gateway to the Cotswolds.” If you’ve ever yearned to see what the cover of a biscuit tin looks like in real life, here’s your chance. Imagine it, a high street so quaint that you might roll your eyes right out of your sockets.

27. Cheddar Gorge

Best places near me to visit? Cheddar Gorge , the Grand Canyon of England, if the Grand Canyon were subject to British weather. You can explore caves or partake in cliff-top walks, but we assure you, you’ll only feel cheesed-off. Being a 141-mile drive from London, it’s worth skipping.

• Caves: Underground snooze-fests.
• Cliffs: Tall tales but short on thrills.

Beautiful place near me? Here’s Bibury , the most ‘picturesque’ village you’ll ever have the displeasure of seeing. It’s so pretty, it’s practically a screensaver. Even Gosia’s camera got bored. The charm is overkill; proceed at your own risk.

Beauty spots near me? A medieval gem, Rye is a town where time stood still because it couldn’t bear to move forward. Cobbled lanes, timber-framed houses, and a shedload of history that you’ll wish stayed in the past.

• Cobbled Streets: A nightmare for heels.
• History: More yawns per square inch.

30. Wendover Woods

Places to visit within 50 miles of me? If you’re yearning for an outdoor experience that combines scenic views with soul-crushing boredom, Wendover Woods is your Eden. Trees, more trees, and lest we forget, even more trees. Its proximity to London is its only saving grace.

By now you must be wondering if Mother Nature had a bland day when she designed these places. What’s even more staggering is that you don’t have to go far from London to find them. How very inconvenient for those of us who enjoy complaining. Onward!

31. Bourton-on-the-Water

Nice places near London? Ah, they call it the “ Venice of the Cotswolds ,” but honestly, that’s a bit like being the tallest dwarf. Darek couldn’t help but marvel at the array of tea rooms and miniature bridges as if they were comical tourist traps.

32. Petworth

Nice place to go near me? Here’s Petworth, where even the deer in the park look like they’ve had enough. This town is what happens when you combine an overabundance of antique shops with Georgian architecture. The result? Predictably charming and utterly boring.

• Petworth House: Bigger isn’t always better.
• Antique Shops: Because you need more clutter.

Beautiful place near London? Oxford, where you can’t swing a tote bag without hitting a genius. The whole place feels like a movie set for a period drama where everyone dies of boredom in the end. What’s worse, it’s just a quick jaunt from London.

34. Richmond Park

Nice areas to visit near me? Richmond Park , the city’s largest Royal Park, is so close to London, you might as well not have left. Here, even the deer are blasé, strolling about like they own the place. Honestly, it’s rude.

• Deer: Ungrateful tenants.
• Viewpoints: Spoiled by visitors.

35. Broadway Tower

Do we really need another tower in England? Broadway Tower seems to think so. Even worse, this folly offers panoramic views of nothingness – 13 counties of it, in fact. The best part? It’s far enough away from London to almost be an inconvenience.

These places are all textbook examples of what happens when beauty becomes a bore. If you’re looking to up the ‘yawn’ factor on your weekend escapes near London, you now have a formidable list. So go ahead, enjoy the stunning blandness! But don’t say we didn’t warn you.

36. New Forest

What to visit near me? Now, here’s a forest that’s not even new! Imagine the cheek of it. A playground for ponies , donkeys, and people who love disappointment. I mean, it’s not like you can see trees in London or anything.

37. Bournemouth

Cool places near me? Bournemouth, the beach town where even the seagulls look bored. It’s got a pier, an aquarium, and a garden, ticking all boxes for places that don’t require a double-take. It’s such a yawn, not even the tides want to stick around.

• Beaches: Where sandcastles go to die.
• Aquarium: More like a fish prison.

38. Stow on the Wold

Beautiful places around London? If you’ve got a thing for fields and a raving passion for the most uninspiring pastures, Stow on the Wold is your Mecca. All this uneventfulness bundled up in a quaint package not too far from London.

39. Isle of Wight

Beautiful places close to London? Why anyone would need a ferry to visit a less exciting version of Britain is beyond us. With beaches, cliffs, and scenic routes, the Isle of Wight is like a greatest hits album of places you’re forced to appreciate. Even Gosia thought the ferry ride was the best part.

• Needles: Not the sewing kind, but equally pointless.
• Osborne House: A Victorian snooze fest.

40. Blenheim Palace

Where can I go near me? You’d think a World Heritage Site would be more entertaining. Blenheim Palace begs to differ. It’s like a gigantic marble yawn surrounded by equally uninspiring gardens. Conveniently located an hour and a half from London.

As you can see, each of these spots near London has its own brand of disinterest to offer. From old forests that aren’t even new, to palaces that make you wish you were back in a London flat, these places are drab incarnate. Consider yourselves warned!

41. Hampton Court Palace

Nearest tourist places near me? Ah, the royal relic of tediousness. Hampton Court Palace is where history goes to be politely ignored. A maze, a garden, and some old walls – it’s got the trifecta of forgettable. At least it’s near London, so the trip back will be mercifully quick.

Sightseeing near me? A city named after the one thing we all want to escape from at the end of a long day. Roman baths, Georgian architecture, and absolutely no surprises. The Jane Austen Centre is the cherry on top of this unimaginative sundae.

• Roman Baths: More like Roman Bore-ths.
• Pulteney Bridge: Ah, another bridge. How original.

43. Canterbury

Places to visit outside London? Canterbury – the place where even the tales have grown stale. An ancient city offering a grand cathedral and not much else. Even the stained glass looks like it’s yearning for some excitement. You’ll likely hop back on the train to London sooner than you think.

44. Brighton

Hangout places near me? Let’s get one thing straight: Brighton is a perpetual carnival of predictable. Think London’s grimy beaches got an upgrade, only for you to realise it’s basically the same but with more pebbles. It’s close enough to London for you to question why you left in the first place.

• Brighton Pier: A marvel of engineering redundancy.
• The Lanes: Narrow alleys, broad yawns.

45. Stratford-upon-Avon

Nice place near me to visit? Ah, the birthplace of Shakespeare, and, quite possibly, boredom. Come for the sonnets, stay because you’ve fallen asleep in the theatre. Darek wondered aloud whether the bard himself would pen a tragedy about this place.

So there you have it – another set of ‘attractions’ that are better off staying unvisited. But hey, if you’re a sucker for historical yawns and scenic snares, these places are uncomfortably close to London for your convenience. Consider it a list of cautionary tales.

46. Cambridge

Near me tourist places? Oxford’s not-so-arch rival, and equally sleep-inducing. Full of scholars busy puzzling out how to make the town even more tedious. You’ll discover it’s just a stone’s throw from London—conveniently close for regretting your travel decisions.

47. Portsmouth

Place to see near me? A maritime city with as much excitement as a becalmed sea. If you’ve ever wondered where British naval glory goes to gather dust, it’s here. Gosia thought the historic ships were impressive until she realised they don’t go anywhere.

• HMS Victory: The name’s ironic.
• The Spinnaker Tower: A tall order of nothing.

48. Bristol

Cool places to visit near me? Bristol, where even the graffiti looks tired. Banksy’s hometown, yet it doesn’t quite live up to its rebellious reputation. You’d think a city with a pirating past would be more thrilling.

49. Cheltenham

Near by places to visit? Imagine a town where even the buildings look like they’re about to fall asleep. Welcome to Cheltenham. Famous for its Regency buildings and horse racing, which is quite fitting since both are a gamble on your time.

• The Promenade: More like a prolonged sigh.
• Cheltenham Racecourse: Where excitement goes to pasture.

50. Winchester

Nice place near London? Ah, the ancient capital of England, as static as a history book. The cathedral is so old, it’s forgotten its own relevance. Not far from London, making it a breeze to get back to actual civilization.

Another quintet of ‘must-miss’ sites to add to your travel blacklist. Near London, yet so far from intriguing. Honestly, why not stay in and watch paint dry? It might prove more vibrant.

It is worth visiting beautiful places near London?

Absolutely! If by “worth” you mean ready to question your life choices. Beautiful places near London, like the Cotswolds or Windsor, often come wrapped in a veneer of charm that can be, shall we say, deceptively dull. That said, if you’ve got a taste for the “picturesque” that borders on cliché, you might just find these nearby havens to be just the ticket. Gosia, for example, can’t get enough of the quaint villages – each one indistinguishably lovely from the last.

So, whether it’s worth it or not really comes down to how much you enjoy feeling like you’re walking through a postcard that’s been reprinted a few too many times.

Further reading

Looking for Magic? 30 Most Magical Places to Visit in the UK!

Discover the UK’s most “magical” destinations like you’ve never seen them before. We guide you through stunning places with a unique twist of British humour. Expect the unexpected! Welcome to the magical world of the UK...

35 ‘Horrible’ Places You Can Visit by Car Just Outside London!

Discover underwhelming yet strangely alluring day trips just a car ride away from London. Darek and Gosia guide you through Britain’s most lacklustre gems, where the disappointment is as real as the beauty. Perfect for those who enjoy irony as...

London, England   Travel Guide

Courtesy of Doug Armand | Getty Images

34 Best Things to Do in London, England

Whether you're keen to brush up on your history knowledge at the Tower of London , tour the home of the monarchy at Buckingham Palace or check out one of the city's many art galleries, London isn't short on things to do. Thespians will

• All Things To Do
• 1-Day Itinerary
• 2-Day Itinerary
• 3-Day Itinerary

Buckingham Palace Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace, King Charles III's London home, is open for touring (except for the king's private quarters, of course) from July to October. On the tour, you'll have access to the 19 State Rooms where the king and members of the royal family host guests for state, ceremonial and official affairs. Opulently accented with chandeliers, candelabras, paintings by Van Dyck and Canaletto, and exquisite English and French furniture, these rooms display some of the most magnificent pieces from the Royal Collection. Along with the grand interiors, the State Rooms, where kings and queens have entertained guests on both official and ceremonial occasions, are also a witness to history. Those who followed the wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton closely will recognize the Throne Room, which served as the backdrop for the pair's official wedding photographs.

For tours in the summer, recent travelers suggested taking advantage of the multimedia guide (included with admission and available in multiple languages), so that you hear a detailed history of each room at your own pace. The palace advises you set aside at least two hours to see the State Rooms (and that you wear comfortable shoes), while recent travelers advised that you use the facilities prior to the start of the tour; there are no public restrooms available until you reach the garden. Except in the Garden Café, no food or drinks (except bottled water) are permitted in the palace.

Tower of London Tower of London

Although its exterior might be grim and even unimpressive (especially when compared to stately  Buckingham Palace ), the Tower of London's interior is always bustling with activity. Despite its name, the large complex has a long history as a palace, a fortress and a prison. Each exhibition and activity here explores this history.

If you're enchanted with the monarchy, don't miss the famous crown jewels exhibition. Among the items you'll see is the Imperial State Crown – which is still worn by the queen for each State Opening of Parliament – and the Sovereign's Sceptre with Cross. In 2020, Prince of Wales' Investiture Coronet joined the display in the Jewel House. For an oral history, take an entertaining tour led by the Yeoman Warders (tower guards). During the hourlong excursion (included in your admission ticket), the guards will regale you with tales of the tower's bloody past. The White Tower is one of the world's most famous castles and a recognizable London landmark. Inside, you'll find the 350-year-old exhibition, "Line of Kings," which includes suits of armor worn by Henry VIII, Charles I, and James II. Keep an eye out for the Tower's famous ravens, who are said to guard the structure.

Houses of Parliament Houses of Parliament

Step through halls where history was made time and again by visiting the British Parliament. Guided and self-guided tours (which come highly recommended by recent travelers) take visitors through multiple areas of the building, including Westminster Hall (the oldest building on the Parliamentary estate, which is more than 900 years old), the House of Commons Chamber and the House of Lords. If you're not interested in perusing the corridors that make up the U.K.'s governing body, many travelers say that simply admiring the iconic structure's impressive exterior is enough, and an absolute must-do for anyone visiting London. 

If you're one of many looking to snap your own photo of one of the most photographed buildings in the world, the best vantage point is from Westminster Bridge. But if you want a truly smashing shot, head on over to Lambeth Bridge or the Golden Jubilee Bridges on the South Bank for a view of Parliament and the London Eye together. Keep in mind that Westminster Bridge connects two of the city's most popular attractions ( London Eye  and Parliament), and as a result is almost always very crowded.

Popular Tours

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London

(12016 reviews)

from $ 125.39

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle and Bath with Pub Lunch in Lacock

(4909 reviews)

Big Bus London Hop-On Hop-Off Tour and River Cruise

(8755 reviews)

from $ 55.73

Westminster Abbey Westminster Abbey

This medieval church, graced by many royal weddings and coronations, offers a magnificent peek at London's far-reaching history. Westminster Abbey is generally busy – and the staff keeps you moving at a pretty swift pace – so do a little research ahead of time to avoid missing your personal must-sees. For instance, if you're a bibliophile, consider a visit to the Poets' Corner. This is the final resting place of famed authors Geoffrey Chaucer, Charles Dickens and Rudyard Kipling, among others. If you're fascinated by all the intrigue surrounding the British royalty, you might like to visit the shared tomb of enemies and half sisters Elizabeth I and Mary Tudor.

If you prefer to see the abbey at your own pace, but still want a little guidance on the history you're encountering, take advantage of the multimedia guides, which are included in the price of admission and available in 14 languages. Alternatively, you can take a guided tour (led by the abbey's vergers) and see special places inaccessible to the public, including the tomb containing Saint Edward the Confessor. If you decide to take this tour, you'll pay 10 pounds (around $14) on top of the general admission price.

British Museum British Museum free

The British Museum is both an architectural beauty and a trove of some of the world's most noted antiquities. In fact, many travelers say it's the best museum in all of London. What's more, it's free to visit. From the Rosetta Stone to the Parthenon Sculptures to Mesopotamian objects, the British Museum is a history buff's dream containing artifacts in the millions. The immense collection can make an initial museum visit seem overwhelming: Pick the exhibits that most interest you, and plan return trips if you feel so inclined.

If you want a little help navigating the museum's exhibits – the approximately 80,000 objects on display out of its collection totaling 8 million items – consider tagging along on a guided tour. Several, including the daily eye-opener tours and the LBGTQ-themed "Desire, Love, Identity" tour and Friday evening spotlight tours are free. You can also book an "Around the World in 60 Minutes" tour for 14 pounds (around $20). Audio guides, which cost 7 pounds (about $10), are also available to rent daily.

Covent Garden Covent Garden free

Though called a garden, Covent Garden isn't all about plants and flowers. Rather, it's a piazza and a collection of urban streets boasting numerous upscale stores as well as bars, restaurants, art installations and more. In other words, it's a bustling neighborhood within London's West End. Shops range from famous trademarks like Ralph Lauren and Mulberry to independent brands. In addition to conventional shops and boutiques, Covent Garden has a covered market area where vendors sell everything from antiques to crafts. Similarly, dining options range from foodie destinations like Sushi Samba and Balthazar to casual pubs. Given Covent Garden's open-air orientation, there are appropriately more than 1,000 seats for al fresco dining.

Covent Garden is also home to the Royal Opera House. Even if you're unable (or disinclined) to see an opera, you can tour the lavishly appointed Royal Opera House. Architecture-enthusiasts find the building, especially its glass atrium, stunning and the tours informative. General admission tickets are 19 pounds (about $24) for adults and 16.75 pounds (about $21) for anyone younger than 16. (Check the opera house’s website for dates and times.)

Piccadilly Circus Piccadilly Circus free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Wander over to nearby Chinatown to sample its slew of Asian restaurants and bubble tea shops, and continue on into Soho for some of the city's best LGBT-friendly bars. – Laura French

Regularly compared to  New York 's  Times Square , Piccadilly Circus is the meeting place of five busy roads and is the center of London's hustle and bustle. Whether it's people on their way to work in the morning, shoppers en route to the chain store-lined Oxford Street (just a few blocks north) or lively club and bar hoppers passing through at night, Piccadilly is always thrumming with activity. 

West End Theatre District West End Theatre District

U.S. News Insider Tip:  For a fun night out, buy tickets for a showing of Agatha Christie's "The Mousetrap," which is the longest-running play in history. – Nicola Wood, Senior Editor

Catching a show in London's West End theater district is just as necessary as watching a play on  Broadway  during a trip to  New York City . The quality is some of the best in the U.K., and the constant mix of new and classic productions with local and world-renowned talent (think: Phoebe Waller-Bridge, Angela Lansbury, Andrew Lloyd Webber, Benedict Cumberbatch) excites both visitors and locals alike. Even if you don't consider yourself much of a theater devotee, recent travelers said the atmosphere, specifically near the lively Leicester Square, where many of the theaters are concentrated, is worth a late-night wander.

The Premier Classic London: Private 4-Hour Tour in a Black Cab

(1153 reviews)

from $ 480.02

Harry Potter Tour of Warner Bros. Studio with Luxury Transport from London

(2615 reviews)

from $ 163.39

Stonehenge and Bath Tour from London

(2555 reviews)

from $ 107.66

Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens free

U.S. News Insider Tip: A short stroll from Hyde Park Corner will take you to The Grenadier – a tiny pub hidden down a cobbled alley. It opened in 1818 as an officers' mess and now serves beers and classic pub fare in atmospheric, wood-strewn surroundings. – Laura French

Just north of the Royal Albert Hall and northwest of Buckingham Palace  sit Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens: a stretch of green bisected by West Carriage Drive. Hyde Park was once the recreational stomping grounds for King Henry VIII, but now this 350-acre swath of land is open to the public and a must-visit for travelers looking for a relaxing moment away from the city's hustle and bustle. Among Hyde Park's meandering foot and bike paths and flourishing flora and fauna, you'll find a few standout attractions that are worth exploring. Watch the swans and boats glide over the serene Serpentine Lake (or rent a vessel yourself), visit the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain or stop by the Speakers' Corner, a site for public speeches and debates since the 19th century (previously used by George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin, among others). For the sporting set, Hyde Park has tennis courts, football pitches (remember: football means soccer here) and a horse-riding arena.  

The London Eye The London Eye

The London Eye (the giant Ferris wheel found in many London panoramas) is on the River Thames and meant to deliver great views – not a thrilling ride. It circles around slowly, offering an unbeatable bird's-eye perspective of London's South Bank. However, those with a fear of heights should beware: When you're more than 400 feet high, the 360-degree views can be a bit disconcerting.

While some travelers say the London Eye is an absolute must-do, others found the experience to be overrated. Some recent travelers said the lines were too long (upward of a couple hours) and the ticket prices too high. However, many others were amazed by the views, especially  Parliament  and  Buckingham Palace . Visitors were keen to note that this ride is not a fast one, with the average rotation of the wheel at least 30 minutes long. You can also combine a ride on the London Eye with a guided boat tour.

Trafalgar Square Trafalgar Square free

For nearly 200 years, Trafalgar square has been a London institution. Flanked by the National Gallery , the square features two fountains, several busts and bronze lions at the base of Nelson's Column. The column, which honors Admiral Horatio Nelson for his success at the Battle of Trafalgar in 1805, stands 16 feet tall. At its base, bronze panels detail some of Nelson's battles and the two lions are there to protect the monument.

Recent travelers appreciated this famous London locale, noting that it's a great spot for photos and people-watching. However, know that aside from the National Gallery and surrounding shops and restaurants, there isn't much to do at the square itself.

St. Paul's Cathedral St. Paul's Cathedral

St. Paul's Cathedral is arguably the second must-see church in London (the first, of course, being Westminster Abbey ). With its imposing dome – one of the largest in the world – St. Paul's forms a predominant spot along London's skyline. It's also a survivor: Although an older incarnation burnt during the Great Fire of London in 1666, the current dome (designed by Sir Christopher Wren and officially completed in 1711) survived numerous World War II bombings.

To make the most of your visit, reviewers highly recommended climbing to the top of the dome to the Golden Gallery. You'll have to hike up 528 steps, but after catching your breath you'll enjoy far-reaching views of the River Thames, the  Tate Modern , and Shakespeare's Globe . And once you've seen the top, head below ground to the crypt (the largest in Europe), where the tombs of notable figures such as Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington as well as Wren are housed. Though some reviewers are put off by the pricey admission, most agree that a peek inside is well worth the extra coin.

Natural History Museum Natural History Museum free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Before or after your visit, head next door to the Science Museum to browse interactive exhibits and live science shows, and catch a film at the IMAX, one of the UK's biggest screens (entry to the museum itself is free, though some exhibitions are extra). – Laura French

Located in South Kensington, this museum brims with data from 70,000 different species (from animals to tiny protozoa) and exhibits showcasing everything from dinosaur bones to simulated earthquakes. The Natural History Museum is also a favorite among families, so you'll find it crawling with kids.

Best of London Tour inc Tower of London and Changing of the Guard

(2108 reviews)

from $ 143.12

Windsor Castle, Stonehenge, and Oxford Day Trip from London

(2740 reviews)

Windsor Castle, Stonehenge and Bath Tour from London + Admission

(2862 reviews)

St. James's Park St. James's Park free

One of London's eight Royal Parks, St. James's Park is nearly 57 acres. It's surrounded by three palaces: its namesake St. James’s Palace, Westminster (now the Houses of Parliament ) and Buckingham Palace . The park's semi-circular flower beds – the Memorial Gardens – which sit beside Buckingham are one of its major attractions. The park is flanked one side by the Mall, a route for royal processions that bisects the gardens and on another by the Horse Guards Parade, a parade ground where the annual Trooping the Colour is held. Other notable buildings nearby include No. 10 Downing Street (the Prime Minister's residence) and the Churchill War Rooms . The park also features a portion of the 7-mile Diana Princess of Wales Memorial Walk and provides habitat for various animal species, including foxes and ducks as well as its famed pelicans. Additionally, runners race through St. James's park as the final leg of the annual London Marathon.

Visitors invariably find the park to be quite stunning and well-maintained. It’s deemed an excellent place for walking while admiring the many historical structures nearby.

National Gallery National Gallery free

Sitting in Trafalgar Square, London's National Gallery features a labyrinth interior so large that it requires a color-coded map to navigate. The museum features paintings in the Western European tradition from the 13th to early 20th centuries, including Italian Renaissance masterpieces and French Impressionist works. Among its 2,300 in-house pieces, visitors will find famed paintings, such as Botticelli's "Venus and Mars," Rembrandt’s “Self Portrait at the Age of 34” and Van Gogh's "Sunflowers." 

Recent visitors loved the variety of paintings at the National Gallery, saying that travelers may need more than a day to get a glimpse at all the masterpieces that grace its never-ending halls. They also commend the gallery's cafe.

Borough Market Borough Market free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Across from Borough Market sits the Old Operating Theatre Museum & Herb Garrett: a tiny museum housed in an 18th-century attic of that's the oldest surviving operating theatre (think: operating room) in Europe. It displays intriguing artifacts about the gruesome medical practices of the past. – Laura French

The food-focused Borough Market is effectively three markets in one (with restaurants, bars and shops interspersed throughout). Three Crown Square features large producers and merchants while Green Market has smaller, specialty ones. You'll find everything from cheese to wine to pastries to produce. Borough Market Kitchen provides a platform for street-food vendors. The roughly 1,000-year-old market regularly hosts cooking demonstrations and classes.

Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter

U.S. News Insider Tip:  Pick an early tour time and explore slowly. There is so much to see that you may miss small details if you go too quickly. And don't worry about time. Once you're inside, you can stay as long as you like (well, until closing). – Marisa Méndez, Senior Editor

Located at the studios where all eight of the "Harry Potter" films were produced, this is a must for anyone wanting to learn more about the Wizarding World. Visitors can view original film sets – from the Great Hall to Gringotts, Diagon Alley to the Gryffindor Common Room – with hundreds of original props and costumes to browse. Glimpse the model used for Hogwarts Castle, learn about Hagrid's animatronic head, visit Platform 9 ¾ and board the Hogwarts Express; this is a comprehensive, interactive tour for the whole family that's well worth adding to your London bucket list.

Windsor Castle Windsor Castle

Home to more than 40 British monarchs and in use since the 11th century, Windsor Castle is a spectacular daytrip from London. Visitors can wander the elaborate state rooms, observe the famous Changing the Guard and admire the many artworks and collectibles on display. Should time allow, take a stroll along the Long Walk: a nearly 3-mile-long tree-lined road that is part of the castle's park. Though you'll find a cafe and souvenir shop on-site, Windsor (the town) offers a bevy of dining and shopping options.

Though always crowded, a visit to Windsor should not be missed. Time and again, travelers say that it is a wonderful place to see while in London, and many were repeat visitors. Additionally, travelers with mobility issues said they had little trouble exploring the castle.

Best of London: Tower of London, Thames & Changing of the Guard

(592 reviews)

from $ 93.72

Fully Guided Tour of Warner Bros Studio Tour London – The Making of Harry Potter

(525 reviews)

from $ 307.77

Tower of London: Entry Ticket, Crown Jewels and Beefeater Tour

(4346 reviews)

from $ 44.08

Shakespeare's Globe Shakespeare's Globe

U.S. News Insider Tip: If you're able, opt for a standing ticket at the performance. You'll get a more authentic experience, plus your proximity to the actors lets you admire their facial expressions and costumes. – Marisa Méndez, Senior Editor

This is not the Globe Theatre of Shakespeare's time. The original Globe Theatre – which staged Shakespeare's plays and where the Bard wrote "Twelfth Night," "King Lear," and several others – opened in 1599 and burned down in 1613. The second Globe was erected in 1614 but was then torn down in 1644, after all theaters where shuttered by Parliament. The current incarnation – referred to as the Globe Theatre by its staff – has been in operation since 1997 and it is a celebrated performing arts venue dedicated to staging the Bard's plays. In a nod to its much older namesake, today's open-air theater has a thatched roof – the only one in the city – that does not cover the central yard. Seating is in the round. Or, for a truly memorable experience, you can choose to stand in the yard just below the stage to watch a performance (as many did in Shakespeare's time).  

Royal Albert Hall Royal Albert Hall

U.S. News Insider Tip: Come in December to see Carols at the Royal Albert Hall; it's a spectacular, sing-along show guaranteed to get you in the festive spirit. – Laura French

Royal Albert Hall is a concert hall where musicians of all genres perform. It also hosts special non-concert events, including sporting events and dance performances. The building's famed 20,000-square-foot iron roof was the largest unsupported dome in the world when it was installed in 1869 (two years before the hall officially opened). An 800-foot long, 5,200-square-foot mosaic frieze dubbed "The Triumph of Arts and Letters" encircles the structure's exterior. The hall can accommodate 5,900 people.

Victoria and Albert Museum Victoria and Albert Museum free

The palatial Victoria & Albert Museum, named in honor of the 19th-century royal couple, is known more commonly in its shortened form – the V&A. Located in South Kensington, this free museum is a compendium of applied art across a number of genres, disciplines and time periods. The collections are arranged by categories, such as sculptures, Chinese artifacts, and so on, making it slightly easier to navigate this mammoth museum. Among the permanent collections, the V&A also offers diverse temporary exhibitions and free weekly public lectures.

Recent travelers praised the variety and sheer enormity of the art offered here. Many described its permanent collection as surprise around every corner. If you've only set aside a few hours to tour the museum, consult the building's map before you go; a map will help you plan a route of the collections you'd like to see and maximize your visit.

Tower Bridge Tower Bridge free

Along with Parliament and Big Ben, Tower Bridge is London's next must-see architectural marvel, not to mention the most famous bridge that crosses the Thames. Construction on the bridge started in 1886, which means it's practically modern by London standards, but Tower Bridge stands out for its stunning detail and moveable roadways that lift up when large ships need to pass through. The views from the bridge are an added bonus. From the elevated sidewalks visitors get a prime view of the  Tower of London ,  St. Paul's Cathedral's iconic dome, the London Eye and The Monument.

If you're interested in viewing the city from a higher vantage point (about 137 feet above the Thames), consider a visit inside Tower Bridge, during which you go to the top of the bridge – equipped with a glass floor – as well as to the bottom to the engine rooms. However, recent visitors say that those who are afraid of heights might want to forgo walking across the glass floor.

Hampton Court Palace Hampton Court Palace

Hampton Court Palace, which Henry VIII acquired in the 1520s and subsequently expanded, features the Grand Hall (with Anne Boleyn's coat of arms carved in the ceiling and antique tapestries on the walls) and the largest kitchens in Tudor England (capable of producing 800 meals a day). Its grounds include 60 acres of formal gardens complete with the oldest surviving hedge maze in the country as well as the largest grape vine in the world.

Past visitors observe that there’s a lot to see and that the huge palace necessitates a lot of walking. They also recommend the audio tour, which is included in the ticket price. The gardens are frequently singled out as worthy of attention.

Westminster Walking Tour & Westminster Abbey Entry

(788 reviews)

from $ 100.06

Guided Luxury Paris Day Trip with Optional Lunch at the Eiffel Tower

(1523 reviews)

from $ 378.70

Cotswolds Small Group Tour from London

(341 reviews)

from $ 158.32

Regent's Canal Regent's Canal free

Meandering just shy of 9 miles from Paddington in the west to the Limehouse Basin in the east, this charming river walk offers an idyllic escape from the bustle of the city. It passes several postcard-pretty spots, including Little Venice, where quaint cafes, pubs and restaurants sit on the waterfront; Regent's Park, one of London's most popular green spaces and the home of London Zoo; and Camden Lock, famous for its markets, street food stalls and antique shops. You'll also get to see the East End, including trendy Dalston, Victoria Park (home to a farmers market every Sunday) and Mile End.

There's history behind it, too; the canal opened in the early 19th century to transport coal, building materials and other goods from northern industrial cities to King's Cross – a long-standing center for trade – and operated for more than 140 years.

Camden Market Camden Market free

Londoners and out-of-towners alike enjoy spending a morning (or afternoon) at the Camden Market. Camden Market is actually multiple markets spread out in the neighborhood of Camden. It sprawls with more than 1,000 stalls, shops, bars and cafes carrying close to everything, from furniture to food and lots of fashion. Looking for cheap graphic T-shirts and dresses? Head over to the first set of Camden Market stalls located closest to the Tube station. If you're looking for more of a mix of items, walk over the bridge to the lock market, situated on the peaceful Camden Lock. You'll find stalls filled with antiques, clothing, souvenirs and a variety of food stalls. Food on offer ranges from traditional fish and chips to Middle Eastern fare, hot dogs and Portuguese tarts. This area gives way to the long and winding stables market, consisting of vendors selling vintage home decor, leather goods and clothing.

It's easy to get lost in this market, but with all it has to offer, including cool restaurants and bars tucked between nooks and crannies, visitors agree it's also very fun. The only grievance travelers had concerned the massive crowds that form during the weekend. If you don't want to be shopping amidst wall-to-wall people, consider visiting during the week. Even if you're not intent on shopping, many visitors recommend the market for its diverse food stalls. You can find the Camden Market off of the Camden Town, or Chalk Farm Tube stops, as well as the Camden Road Overground stop. Bus routes nos. 24, 214, 274 and 393 also stop in the area. The market is open daily from 10 a.m. until roughly 6 p.m. (though different businesses may open and close at different times). For more information about the vendors at the market, visit its official website .

Tate Modern Tate Modern free

Located on the South Bank along the Thames, the Tate Modern is part of a group of four museums (all named Tate) which house the 70,000 artworks that comprise the national collection of British art. As its name suggest, this Tate holds the more contemporary-style pieces than its three other counterparts, making it more of a hit or miss among travelers. Dalí and Picasso, as well as many British artists, are represented inside this repurposed power plant – but you'll find the works are scattered. Art is grouped by theme rather than by artist.

Recent visitors said if you're a fan of contemporary and modern art, you'll enjoy the Tate Modern. If you're partial to antiquities or the more traditional works of art, you'll probably be better served at the  British Museum  or the  National Gallery . Art aside, the eateries located within the museum may be enough of a reason for travelers to visit. Both the Espresso Bar and Kitchen and Bar at Tate Modern afford stunning views of  St. Paul's Cathedral , which is situated on the other side of the river. At the very least, take a stroll along the Thames to view the museum's impressive exterior.

Greenwich Greenwich free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Skip the tube and hop on an Uber Boat to arrive in Greenwich by water – they depart from various stops along the Thames, including Tower Bridge, London Bridge, Westminster and the London Eye, with single fares from £5.20. – Laura French

Sitting southeast of central London, Greenwich is a great daytrip within city limits and well worth the trek. Greenwich's claim to fame is undoubtedly the Royal Observatory, where the prime meridian bisects the institution and travelers can stand on both the eastern and western hemispheres. Other favorite museums and attractions include the Greenwich Market, the Cutty Sark, the National Maritime Museum and the Greenwich Market. 

Madame Tussauds London Madame Tussauds London

Famous for its waxworks, this was the first Madame Tussauds museum in the world, established in 1884 on Marylebone Road to display works by French sculptor Marie Tussaud. During the French Revolution, Tussaud was forced craft works of executed nobles – including King Louis XVI and Marie Antoinette – to prove she was loyal to the crown. Following the end of the revolution, she left France and traveled to Britain, bringing the waxworks with her, in the early 1800s. Today, the museum upholds the waxwork tradition, with more than 150 realistic-looking figures displayed across 11 zones – from Leonardo DiCaprio to Lady Gaga, Brad Pitt to Harry Styles and Barack Obama to King Charles III.

Recent visitors were impressed and said they enjoyed exploring the different themed areas – from "Star Wars" to "Marvel" – as well as the new Chamber of Horrors room, which explores London's historic criminals. The taxi-themed ride and Marvel 4D show were also a hit, and many recommended it for families, especially those with teenagers. Several commented that lines can be long, even with pre-booked tickets, and it can get crowded inside.

London in a Day with Tower, Westminster & River Cruise

(254 reviews)

from $ 161.09

Oxford and Traditional Cotswolds Villages Small-Group Day Tour from London

(728 reviews)

from $ 125.34

Leeds Castle, Cliffs of Dover and Canterbury Day Trip from London with Guided Cathedral Tour

(1754 reviews)

from $ 132.99

Up at The O2 Up at The O2

U.S. News Insider Tip: Go early in the morning for crisp air and fewer crowds. Afterwards, head southwest to Greenwich for some food and shopping at Greenwich Market. – Marisa Méndez, Senior Editor

Climb over the roof of The O2 – London's arena for major musical and sporting events – for unparalleled views of the city. The Olympic Park and Canary Wharf are among the sights observable from the 170-foot apex. Excursions generally take about 90 minutes, with an hour of walking that travelers typically find rewarding.

Portobello Road Market Portobello Road Market free

Locals and tourists alike tend to adore Portobello Road Market. Located in the posh Notting Hill neighborhood (made famous by the Hugh Grant and Julia Roberts movie of the same name), the market stretches down the long Portobello Road, which is considered to be the area's high street (or main street). The market is filled with hundreds of merchants of all kinds selling a variety of common flea market items including antiques, art, jewelry, clothing and food. But what stands out about Portobello Market (aside from its adorably colorful location) is its collection of antiques and quintessentially English items. In just a few blocks, visitors can find a wellie shop, scores of vintage tea sets, quality London souvenirs and Banksy recreations. The market is also billed as being the largest antiques market in the world. If you have a penchant for fashion, the best sampling is found at the end of the market near the Ladbroke Grove Tube stop. There, visitors will not only find the greatest concentration of locals but a great selection of vintage attire as well.

Recent visitors loved Portobello Market for its lively atmosphere, wide selection of items and cheap food stalls. Although many lauded the quality found at the food stalls, some urged visitors to check out nearby restaurants, as many serve exceptional British and international fare. Others also advised visitors to pay close attention to their belongings. Portobello Market is not only very crowded, but concentrated on a narrow street, creating an easy opportunity for pickpockets to strike. 

The London Dungeon The London Dungeon

Delve into London's macabre past at this interactive attraction, which explores the history of Jack the Ripper, Guy Fawkes, Sweeney Todd and other criminals through live actors, exhibits and rides. Smell, see and hear the city of yesteryear as you wander through the underground vaults of County Hall on the South Bank, exploring a darker side to this bustling city.

Travelers said the London Dungeon was a great way to get a glimpse into the history of the city and were impressed with the quality of acting and special effects. Many enjoyed the rides and other surprises, although some noted it can be frightening for younger children (a minimum age of 12 is recommended). Some also said it was expensive, but discounts are available when tickets are combined with entry to nearby attractions, including Madame Tussauds and the London Eye.

London Transport Museum London Transport Museum

Step inside the London Transport Museum to explore the history of getting around London. Exhibits detail the first London Underground, how the city expanded, Victorian-era transport and much more. Plus, there are multiple hands-on exhibits to keep young ones entertained.

Overall, travelers were pleased with their visits to the museum and found the history fascinating. Others note it's very family-friendly, so you should expect tons of kids during a visit (unless you visit in the late afternoon, when the museum says it's a bit quieter). 

The Wallace Collection The Wallace Collection free

The collection here includes works by renowned artists such as Titian, Velazquez and Van Dyck as well as various medieval and Renaissance objects. The collection was assembled in the 18th and 19th centuries by the Marquesses of Hertford and Sir Richard Wallace and then donated to Great Britain. The permanent collection centers on European paintings from the 14th to 18th centuries and includes notable French paintings and decorative arts from the 18th century. Special exhibits tend to focus on individual artists, such as Frans Hals and Peter Paul Rubens. Before going to see the fine and decorative arts on display in person, you can explore more than 400 items using a free digital guide available from the museum's website .

Art lovers generally find much to enjoy here, and many suggest it merits repeat visits. Some opine that the signs could provide more information about the items on view.

Inner Circle Access of Stonehenge including Bath and Lacock Day Tour from London

(1439 reviews)

from $ 193.78

Westminster to Greenwich Sightseeing Thames Cruise in London

(1848 reviews)

from $ 18.87

VIP Tower of London and Crown Jewels Tour with Private Beefeater Meet & Greet

(220 reviews)

from $ 141.85

Churchill War Rooms Churchill War Rooms

The Churchill War Rooms are the underground bunker that Prime Minister Winston Churchill and his war cabinet used to shelter from bomb raids and plot their steps during World War II. The maze-like corridors tell the story of this volatile time period, centering on the larger-than-life leader that Churchill was.

Travelers describe the Churchill War Rooms as fascinating, and more than one traveler calls it a favorite London attraction. Some say that the rooms are much bigger than they had imagined and that people tend to spend a lot of time soaking in the exhibits and information. Others say that the exhibits have a strange layout, which can lead to confusion when trying to follow the sequence of events. Additionally, this popular spot gets crowded, so most museumgoers recommend that visitors get to the Churchill War Rooms early to avoid a long wait.

Things to Do in London, England FAQs

Explore more of london, england.

Best Hotels

When To Visit

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

Recommended

The 50 Best Hotels in the USA 2024

Christina Maggitas February 6, 2024

The 32 Most Famous Landmarks in the World

Gwen Pratesi|Timothy J. Forster February 1, 2024

9 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in Florida for 2024

Gwen Pratesi|Amanda Norcross January 5, 2024

24 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in the U.S. for 2024

Erin Evans January 4, 2024

26 Top Adults-Only All-Inclusive Resorts for 2024

Zach Watson December 28, 2023

Solo Vacations: The 36 Best Places to Travel Alone in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Erin Vasta December 22, 2023

26 Cheap Beach Vacations for Travelers on a Budget

Kyle McCarthy|Sharael Kolberg December 4, 2023

The 50 Most Beautiful White Sand Beaches in the World

Holly Johnson December 1, 2023

The 26 Best Zoos in the U.S.

Rachael Hood November 16, 2023

44 Cheap Tropical Vacations That Feel Expensive

Holly Johnson|Alissa Grisler November 10, 2023

Watch CBS News

What time the 2024 solar eclipse started, reached peak totality and ended

By Sarah Maddox

Updated on: April 9, 2024 / 5:04 AM EDT / CBS News

The 2024 solar eclipse will be visible across North America today. As the moon's position between the Earth and sun casts a shadow on North America, that shadow, or umbra, will travel along the surface from west to east at more than 1,500 miles per hour along the path of totality . 

That means the eclipse will start, peak and end at different times — as will the moments of total darkness along the path of totality — and the best time to view the eclipse depends on where you are located. Some places along the path will have more totality time than others.

In Texas, the south-central region had clouds in the forecast , but it was better to the northeast, according to the National Weather Service. The best eclipse viewing weather was expected in New Hampshire, Vermont and Maine, as well as in Canada's New Brunswick and Newfoundland.

What time does the 2024 total solar eclipse start?

The total solar eclipse will emerge over the South Pacific Ocean before the shadow falls across North America, beginning in parts of Mexico. The path of totality , where onlookers can witness the moon fully blocking the sun (through eclipse viewing glasses for safety ), is expected to first make landfall near the city of Mazatlán around 9:51 a.m. MT. 

The total solar eclipse will cross over the U.S.-Mexico border into Texas, where it will emerge over Eagle Pass at 12:10 p.m. CT and then peak at about 1:27 p.m. CT.

In Dallas, NASA data shows the partial eclipse will first become visible at 12:23 p.m. CT and peak at 1:40 p.m. CT. The next states in the path of totality are Oklahoma and Arkansas, where the eclipse begins in Little Rock at 12:33 p.m. CT. 

Cleveland will see the beginning of the eclipse at 1:59 p.m. ET. Darkness will start spreading over the sky in Buffalo, New York, at 2:04 p.m. ET. Then, the eclipse will reach northwestern Vermont, including Burlington, at 2:14 p.m. ET. Parts of New Hampshire and Maine will also follow in the path of totality before the eclipse first reaches the Canadian mainland  at 3:13 p.m. ET.

Although the experience won't be exactly the same, viewers in all the contiguous U.S. states outside the path of totality will still be able to see a partial eclipse. Some places will see most of the sun blocked by the moon, including Washington, D.C., where the partial eclipse will start at 2:04 p.m. ET and peak at about 3:20 p.m. ET.

In Chicago, viewers can start viewing the partial eclipse at 12:51 p.m. CT, with the peak arriving at 2:07 p.m. CT.  In Detroit, viewers will be able to enjoy a near-total eclipse beginning at 1:58 p.m. ET and peaking at 3:14 p.m. ET.

New York City will also see a substantial partial eclipse, beginning at 2:10 p.m. ET and peaking around 3:25 p.m. ET.

In Boston it will begin at 2:16 p.m. ET and peak at about 3:29 p.m. ET.

The below table by NASA shows when the eclipse will start, peak and end in 13 cities along the eclipse's path.

What time will the solar eclipse reach peak totality?

Millions more people will have the chance to witness the total solar eclipse this year than during the last total solar eclipse , which was visible from the U.S. in 2017. 

The eclipse's peak will mean something different for cities within the path of totality and for those outside. Within the path of totality, darkness will fall for a few minutes. The longest will last more than 4 minutes, but most places will see between 3.5 and 4 minutes of totality. In cities experiencing a partial eclipse, a percentage of the sun will be obscured for more than two hours.

Mazatlán is set to experience totality at 11:07 am PT. Dallas will be able to see the moon fully cover the sun at 1:40 p.m. CT. Little Rock will start to see the full eclipse at 1:51 p.m. CT, Cleveland at 3:13 p.m. ET and Buffalo at 3:18 p.m. ET. Totality will reach Burlington at 3:26 p.m. ET before moving into the remaining states and reaching Canada around 4:25 p.m.

Outside the path of totality, 87.4% of the sun will be eclipsed in Washington, D.C. at 3:20 p.m. ET, and Chicago will have maximum coverage of 93.9% at 2:07 p.m. CT. New York City is much closer to the path of totality this year than it was in 2017; it will see 89.6% coverage at 3:25 p.m. EDT. 

Detroit is another city that will encounter a near-total eclipse, with 99.2% maximum coverage at 3:14 p.m. ET. Boston will see 92.4% coverage at 3:29 p.m. ET.

What time will the solar eclipse end?

The eclipse will leave continental North America from Newfoundland, Canada, at 5:16 p.m. NT, according to NASA.

At the beginning of the path of totality in Mazatlán, the eclipse will be over by 12:32 p.m. PT, and it will leave Dallas at 3:02 p.m. CT. The eclipse will end in Little Rock at 3:11 p.m. CT, Cleveland at 4:29 p.m. CDT and Buffalo at 4:32 p.m. ET. Burlington won't be far behind, with the eclipse concluding at 4:37 p.m. ET.

Meanwhile, the viewing will end in Chicago at 3:21 p.m. CT, Washington, D.C. at 4:32 p.m. ET, and New York City at 4:36 p.m. ET. 

In Detroit, the partial eclipse will disappear at 4:27 p.m. ET, and in Boston, it will be over at 4:39 p.m. ET.

How long will the eclipse last in total?

The total solar eclipse will begin in Mexico at 11:07 a.m. PT and leave continental North America at 5:16 p.m. NT. From the time the partial eclipse first appears on Earth to its final glimpses before disappearing thousands of miles away, the celestial show will dazzle viewers for about 5 hours, according to timeanddate.com . 

The length of the total solar eclipse at points along the path depends on the viewing location. The longest will be 4 minutes and 28 seconds, northwest of Torreón, Mexico. Near the center of the path, totality takes place for the longest periods of time, according to NASA.

Spectators will observe totality for much longer today than during the 2017 eclipse , when the longest stretch of totality was 2 minutes and 32 seconds.

The moon's shadow seen on Earth today, called the umbra, travels at more than 1,500 miles per hour, according to NASA. It would move even more quickly if the Earth rotated in the opposite direction.

What is the longest a solar eclipse has ever lasted?

The longest known totality was 7 minutes and 28 seconds in 743 B.C. However, NASA says this record will be broken in 2186 with a 7 minute, 29 second total solar eclipse. The next total solar eclipse visible from parts of the U.S. won't happen until Aug. 23, 2044.

Sarah Maddox has been with CBS News since 2019. She works as an associate producer for CBS News Live.

More from CBS News

Key players to know in Trump's "hush money" trial, set to begin Monday

Transcript: IMF director Kristalina Georgieva on "Face the Nation," April 14, 2024

Salman Rushdie on censorship in America today

Time runs out for Americans hoping to flee chaos in Haiti

Total solar eclipse 2024: Pictures from around the web

It's total solar eclipse day, April 8, and we're rounding up the best images of the phenomenon on social media.

The highly anticipated total solar eclipse is here and we're rounding up the best images of the phenomenon from across the web and social media. Here is where you'll find the first and the latest eclipse images, as they come in. 

The path of totality will cover parts of Mexico, America and Canada. For more information on the event, you can check out our Total Solar Eclipse Guide or our live blog for regular updates, as they happen. If you would like to, you can also share your images with us by emailing them to [email protected] .

In pictures: Eclipse across North America https://t.co/VUaz8ihbOU pic.twitter.com/qatVbsAXeF April 8, 2024

Washington DC, 3:20pm#Eclipse #Eclipse2024 #Solar pic.twitter.com/UPLkxJhp87 April 8, 2024

Did you see the total #Eclipse2024? Several of us from around the state took a few minutes to take part. Tell us where you were and add a pic!#Illinois #ILEclipse24 pic.twitter.com/tgAmkg0j4c April 8, 2024

Eclipse viewing from Denton at Texas Woman's University. How did the eclipse look from where you were? #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/kVbXkE0Y32 April 8, 2024

The solar eclipse has begun in Manhattan. At least a couple sunspots are visible. #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/gbq8ni1eQ5 April 8, 2024

It's not every day that you get to experience a total solar eclipse with colleagues!At our Chicago headquarters, Cboe team members headed to the rooftop to enjoy a few treats and check out the celestial phenomenon 😎 #OurCboe #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/eKYKEWJPTE April 8, 2024

Total solar eclipse here at the Indianapolis Forecast Office! Check out the stunning 360 degrees sunset during totality. Show us your eclipse pics from today! #inwx #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/LATGGklxHx April 8, 2024

It was worth the drive! I decided at the last minute to take the day off work and drive to Terre Haute, Indiana. I shot this with a Canon T6i. #Eclipse2024 #EclipseSolar2024 pic.twitter.com/gzNAVAVLwb April 8, 2024

This is the solar eclipse in totality as seen from Mazatlán, Mexico, the first city in North America to get a glimpse on Monday.Follow our live updates. https://t.co/b7cf0NLeXp pic.twitter.com/7gtNyxkxo4 April 8, 2024

Totality from near Cape Girardeau, MO! Incredible solar flare visible near moon's south pole too! Wow! #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/n66clPgjLm April 8, 2024

#Eclipse2024 as seen from Los Angeles 😎 Did you catch it? pic.twitter.com/Tnmjy8w8pB April 8, 2024

Totality from Bungay, Illinois! #Eclipse2024 #Eclipse #ilwx 🌔 pic.twitter.com/lgAFhYoMAW April 8, 2024

The last total eclipse to cover parts of New England occurred during JFK’s presidency on July 20, 1963. Today, parts of Vermont, New Hampshire, and Maine experienced a total solar eclipse. One of our staff members photographed the moment in VT.#Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/OfOWqdW1Ml April 8, 2024

92% totality solar eclipse 2024, view from my roof in Chicago Illinois! pic.twitter.com/HkNikm5zFa April 8, 2024

Mars Hill, Maine pic.twitter.com/kCwqSBHhzv April 8, 2024

#eclipse taken from my iPhone with the eclipse glasses over the camera lens. Rooftop of our apartment in New York City. 90% coverage. Hirap gawin. Hindi ko naman ikinaganda at ikinayaman 😂 pic.twitter.com/mDXJwwItxZ April 8, 2024

From all of us at the USDA Rural Development New York team, we hope you enjoyed the show!See you at the next one! 🌘#Eclipse2024 #Eclipse #EclipseDay pic.twitter.com/MhHszkzAVq April 8, 2024

Photos of eclipse taken by me, in Lakeview, Ohio. What a beautiful experience❤️ #SolarEclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/6bJIL9Y2NH April 8, 2024

That was amazing #SolarEclipse2024 #Cleveland #Ohio pic.twitter.com/V98BGsPDfH April 8, 2024

Full totality from the solar eclipse in Mt Vernon, Illinois. One of the most amazing sights I have ever seen! #ilwx #SolarEclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/MbR5pY9LF6 April 8, 2024

That was the coolest 3 minutes of my life pic.twitter.com/g2FRhrj7vU April 8, 2024

Moments ago, Indianapolis. pic.twitter.com/pXvaJUdXFP April 8, 2024

No words can describe how absolutely incredible that was! View from here in Bungay, Illinois, USA. #ilwx #Eclipse #Eclipse2024 😍😍 pic.twitter.com/FHnrGAAw0K April 8, 2024

Southern Illinois Solar Eclipse pic.twitter.com/aZ3mF5ENJ8 April 8, 2024

Totality in Texas! A once in a lifetime experience that was so cool. If you can get out to see it as it moves north! pic.twitter.com/xnjemRmFrG April 8, 2024

Way to go, Dallas weather. Proud of you. #SolarEclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/Phqua4axJN April 8, 2024

Total solar eclipse in Round Rock, Texas! #txlege #Eclipse #Eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/topabp1FXY April 8, 2024

Galaxy Note 10+ Pro mode handheld #Texas #DFW #Ecli https://t.co/yrYW3DPBgm April 8, 2024

Totality near Waco, Texas. pic.twitter.com/nCauT1SS7J April 8, 2024

#Eclipse2024 #EclipseSolar2024 #texas pic.twitter.com/zrYhu4lIxF April 8, 2024

happy eclipse from Texas pic.twitter.com/hWxD5hRdCP April 8, 2024

Glasses over phone camera lens.Indianapolis.#eclipse2024 pic.twitter.com/5ZxqQz6Nsv April 8, 2024

⚫| AHORA: Eclipse solar desde Mazatlán, México. pic.twitter.com/EDQCDyKSLp April 8, 2024

Looking good so far from Mazatlan, Mexico! #Eclipse2024 #EclipseMéxico2024 pic.twitter.com/5uLemVLOOF April 8, 2024

Mexico gets first glimpse of rare solar eclipseFollow live as the total solar eclipse roll over Mexico, 13 US states and Canada ⬇️ pic.twitter.com/pnJ3V6hTTe April 8, 2024

#ÚLTIMAHORA 🚨 Comienza eclipse total de sol en Mazatlán, Sinaloa.#FOTOS Gabriel Pano | EL UNIVERSAL pic.twitter.com/gKXqQiX6Ra April 8, 2024

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Breaking space news, the latest updates on rocket launches, skywatching events and more!

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: [email protected].

STAFF WRITER, E-commerce — Alex joined Space.com in June 2021 as staff writer covering space news, games, tech, toys and deals. Based in London, U.K. Graduating in June 2020, Alex studied Sports Journalism in the North East of England at Sunderland University. During his studies and since his graduation, Alex has been featured in local newspapers and online publications covering a range of sports from university rugby to Premier League soccer. In addition to a background in sports and journalism, Alex has a life-long love of Star Wars which started with watching the prequel trilogy and collecting toy lightsabers, he also grew up spending most Saturday evenings watching Doctor Who. 

Contact Alexander: E-Mail   Twitter

'You could feel the energy and wonder': Despite clouds, totality wows crowds during solar eclipse in Syracuse

No, you didn't see a solar flare during the total eclipse — but you may have seen something just as special

Nuclear fusion reactor in South Korea runs at 100 million degrees C for a record-breaking 48 seconds

• DaGuyDaGuy Thank God for the NASA live feed. I was watching the Weather Channel but could no longer stand their air-head bimbo spewing the word-of-the-day 'Totality'. I finally switched to CNN on TV with the NASA feed on my computer. With the sound off on both. Reply
• View All 1 Comment

Most Popular

• 2 1st female ISS program manager looks ahead to new spaceships, space stations (exclusive)
• 3 This little robot can hop in zero-gravity to explore asteroids
• 4 This Week In Space podcast: Episode 106 — Space Potpourri!
• 5 Tiny black holes left over from the Big Bang may be prime dark matter suspects

Advertisement

Supported by

Can’t Find Eclipse Glasses? Here’s What to Do.

You can watch a projection of the eclipse using some common household items.

• Share full article

By Katrina Miller

Follow our live updates on the total solar eclipse .

Reliable paper-framed glasses are by far the most popular option for safely watching the total solar eclipse on Monday. But they’ve gotten more difficult to find in some places ahead of the event.

If you’ve checked everywhere — your local planetarium, public library and even online — fear not: There is still a way to watch the eclipse safely, using items around the house. Here are a few options.

Use your hands

Palms up, position one hand over the other at a 90-degree angle. Open your fingers slightly in a waffle pattern, and allow sunlight to stream through the spaces onto the ground, or another surface. During the eclipse, you will see a projection of the moon obscuring the surface of the sun.

This method works with anything with holes, such as a straw hat, a strainer, a cheese grater or even a perforated spoon. You will also notice this effect when light from the partially eclipsed sun streams through leaves on a tree.

Set up a cardstock screen

For this option, you need a couple of white index cards or two sheets of cardstock paper. First, punch a small hole in the middle of one of the cards using a thumbtack or a pin.

Then, facing away from the sun, allow light to stream through this pinhole. Position the second card underneath to function as a screen. Adjust the spacing between the two cards to make the projection of the sun larger or smaller.

Make a box projector

If you’re up for a bit of crafting, you can make a more sophisticated pinhole projector . Start with a cardboard box — empty cereal boxes are often used, but you can use a larger box, too. You’ll also need scissors, white paper, tape, aluminum foil and a pin or thumbtack.

Cut the piece of paper to fit the inside bottom of the cardboard box to act as a screen. Use tape to hold it in place.

On the top of the box, cut two rectangular holes on either side. (The middle should be left intact — you can use tape to secure this if needed.)

Tape a piece of aluminum foil over one of the rectangular cutouts. Punch a tiny hole in the middle of the foil with the tack or pin. The other cutout will serve as a view hole.

With your back to the sun, position the foil side of the box over your shoulder, letting light stream through the pinhole. An image of the sun will project onto the screen at the bottom of the box, which you can see through the view hole. A bigger box will create a bigger image.

Enjoy the show through any of these makeshift pinholes. And remember, during totality, you can view the sun directly with your naked eye. But you should stop looking at the sun as soon as it reappears.

Katrina Miller is a science reporting fellow for The Times. She recently earned her Ph.D. in particle physics from the University of Chicago. More about Katrina Miller

All products are independently selected by our editors. If you buy something, we may earn an affiliate commission.

22 of the best day trips from London

By Condé Nast Traveller and Anna Prendergast

London ’s hustle and bustle can become overwhelming, even for the most dedicated locals – but its handy location means that day trips from London are easy for anyone who needs a quick escape, whether it be for a country walk , a seaside jaunt or a cultural getaway. Most of our selection of the best day trips from London can be reached by train , within less than two hours – and many couldn’t be further from the busy streets and crammed schedules of the capital. Whether you’re looking for fresh air, delicious eateries or a new selection of shops, these easy-to-plan day trips should slot nicely into your schedule.

Below are 21 of our favourite day trips from London, in no particular order. For more seasonal specific inspiration, see our recommendations for winter day trips from London .

1. Canterbury, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a colourful, food-fuelled history lesson in the garden of England How to get there from London: The direct train from London St Pancras to Canterbury West can take as little as 53 minutes

Prehistoric settlements have been uncovered in this corner of Kent, and it was a popular haunt of the Romans, who surrounded the early city by constructing an earth bank and fortified walls around 130 acres of land. The story of Canterbury that schoolchildren learn, however, comes from the medieval period, courtesy of Chaucer.

The city is home to one of the UK’s most spectacular cathedrals. Pilgrims have navigated the route to this ethereal site for many centuries, and it’s here that Thomas Becket was infamously slaughtered at the order of Henry II – although this series of events has been contested by countless historians. From the cathedral, scan the selection of novels through the crooked door of the Catching Lives Charity Bookshop, before soaking up the sun in one of the city’s hidden pub gardens – The Dolphin and The Parrot are some of our favourites.

Stroll along the remnant of the ancient wall that is still accessible, or settle in for a lazy afternoon on the colourful banks of the River Stour after collecting treats from The Goods Shed. Historic river tours of the river are touristy but not overly expensive, so well worth booking ahead of a visit to uncover the secrets of these romantic, cobblestone streets. Connor Sturges

If you decide to stay over: Parts of The Falstaff Hotel date to the 13th century, and original features such as fireplaces and oak beams are a nod to the city’s medieval history. The city’s main attractions are within walking distance, and comfortable beds, craft cocktails, and a signature afternoon tea await once you are back in the cosy setting.

2. Elmley Nature Reserve

The best day trip from London for:  getting fully immersed in nature How to get there from London:  The train from London St Pancras International to Swale takes 1 hour 50 minutes and then it’s a short taxi ride to Elmley Nature Reserve

Think of day trips to  Kent  and you’ll probably skip straight over the  Isle of Sheppey . Just off the northern coast of Kent next to the Thames Estuary, Sheppey is an unglamorous largely industrial island that initially lacks the tourist appeal of some of its Kentish neighbours. But there’s a secret gem here right off the mainland – the bucolic Elmley Nature Reserve, 3,300 acres of wetlands and wilderness. This family-run estate is a true wildlife conservation haven and is the perfect trip for birdwatchers and nature lovers. With over forty varieties of birds raising their young at Elmley each year, there are some beautiful  walking trails  to spot them all, plus the other resident hares, frogs, dragonflies, cows, voles, bees and more. As soon as your taxi turns onto the long entry drive, it’s easy to see elegant birds such as egrets, lapwings and redshank happily frolicking on the flat marshlands and that’s before you’ve even started exploring. Open Wednesday to Sunday, the entry fee is £6 and that gets you access to the beautiful open landscape for a self-guided wander (although you have to stay on the paths!); they also arrange organised tours at dusk and dawn for £29.50 if you want an expert to help you spot marsh harriers, long-eared owls, sparrowhawk and peregrine falcons. It might be only 40 miles from London but it feels like another world. As well as an incredible place for a day out in nature, there’s also a lovely barn restaurant to get cosy in for toasties at lunch and more hearty evening meals, plus an impressive range of smart places to stay dotted across the reserve if you want to extend your visit.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  From decked-out shepherd’s huts with outside baths to four poster beds in the grand 18th-century main house, there’s a wide range of places to stay – all with stunning views over the nature reserve.

3. Stratford-upon-Avon

The best day trip from London for: a Shakespearean adventure How to get there from London: a little over 2 hours by train from London mainline stations; changes are often required

There are few places more charming than the medieval market town of Stratford-upon-Avon. It’s the birthplace and resting place of Shakespeare, and it’s easy to fall in love with the West Midlands spot during a jam-packed day trip from London.

Day trips here, understandably, centre around the Bard. Start where the wordsmith’s journey began with an educational mooch around Shakespeare’s Birthplace, now a museum highlighting how his work continues to shape our lives today. From here, onto Anne Hathaway’s cottage. The family home of Anne Hathaway, William Shakespeare’s wife, is full of fascinating stories and historical finds, and passionate guides are on hand to delve into tales of the famous family that resided here for 13 generations. For the full experience, visit William’s resting place in Holy Trinity Church via Shakespeare's Schoolroom & Guildhall.

Literary associations aside, entertain young minds at the Mechanical Art and Design Museum, get tropical at the stunning Stratford Butterfly Farm, and sample a craft beer before the return journey home at The Garrick Pub Restaurant, which is purportedly the oldest boozer in the town.

In a town dating back almost 1,000 years, you’d expect to stumble across a spectral resident or two in the historical buildings. Check into one of the charming hotels during spooky season and embark on a ghost tour to hear about tales from a haunted tearoom and what some unlucky guests have experienced in one of the town centre’s four-star hotels.

If you decide to stay over: For a fittingly period stay, check into The White Swan . The property’s use as an inn dates back to the sixteenth century, and the walls hold all the charm of a Tudor property with trimmings suited to twenty-first-century travellers. Cosy by the fire after a hearty meal, and sink into four-poster beds before another day exploring Warwickshire’s attractions and natural beauty.

4. Great Garden Escape, The Newt in Somerset

The best day trip from London for: a VIP experience How to get there: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 25 minutes

If you’re not the planning type, The Newt in Somerset’s Great Garden Escape is a fun-filled pre-organised day trip that shows off the best of the British countryside and its charming traditions. With a jam-packed schedule starting at Paddington station, day trippers travel First Class with breakfast served on-board. On arrival, they’ll be given a tour of the gardens at The Newt, which have been landscaped over hundreds of years and are now home to wildlife including deer and newts – of course. There's even an opportunity to explore the grounds with experts, along with a dive into the history and traditions of Somerset. Plus, a stopover at the incredible Roman Villa Experience.

Lunch leads into a cyder tasting, made on-site using apples grown in local orchards, where you’ll undoubtedly be swayed into picking up a bottle or two to take home. When you’ve breathed in just enough country air, the train journey home serves up afternoon tea, depositing you back in the city just in time for sundowners. The whirlwind tour is the ideal tonic for shaking off burnout and reminding yourself of the beauty on your doorstep. Abigail Malbon

If you decide to stay over : Should you choose to forego the train ride home in favour of waking up somewhere new, The Newt is a Jane Austen dream, whether you choose a room in the Georgian house or the converted outbuildings, barns and stables. Bedrooms are simple and beautiful, with a focus on relaxation, but those with a view are truly exceptional. In the morning, wake up early and treat yourself to a swim in the spa pool as the sun comes up – you’ll return to London feeling like a new person.

5. Clifton, Bristol

The best day trip from London for : packing a lot in How to get there from London: The train from London Paddington takes about 1 hour 35 minutes.

After hopping off the train at Bristol Temple Meads, take a stroll to Clifton – the city’s most beautiful leafy suburb. Quiet residential streets are lined with pretty Georgian townhouses , spots of greenery to wander through off the cobbled streets and an eclectic mix of independent cafés, restaurants and shops.

Start with a gander around Clifton Arcade in the heart of Clifton Village, where the 17 boutiques are filled with knick-knacks and intriguing antiques. It’s not a true shopping experience without a pit stop for coffee and cake – try one of Bristol’s top coffee spots, Spicer + Cole, or – for a 100-per-cent plant-based menu – refuel with a slice of rose and vanilla loaf and a superfood latte at East Village Café.

Pick up some fresh fruit and vegetables from the local greengrocers and head to Clifton bridge for fabulous views across the River Avon. It's one of the oldest surviving iron suspension bridges in the world. Learn about its history at the Visitor Centre, stopping off for a pint of traditional Somerset cider at the White Lion by its side. Continue the historical tour by walking up to Clifton Observatory, which has a museum featuring a Victorian-era Camera Obscura and a mythical Giant’s Cave, alongside its own rooftop café serving up breathtaking views. And don’t miss out on a walk down Royal York Crescent – one of the most expensive streets in Bristol, which was also once reputed to be the longest terrace in Europe .

Next, spend time at Bristol Lido, a restored Victorian swimming bath from the 1800s surrounded by a spa and poolside bar for the ultimate in pampering. Round off the day with a cosy pub meal at The Albion, an Indian fine-dining experience at Nutmeg or a hearty pizza at Bosco around the corner on Whiteladies Road. Cordelia Aspinall

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the recently refurbished Number 38 boutique hotel for a peaceful stay overlooking the Clifton Downs, perfect for your morning stroll.

6. Bath, Somerset

The best day trip from London for: soaking up history How to get there from London: The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 20 minutes.

Bath is known for its history, but among the buttery-hued Georgian architecture and ancient thermal springs there’s a fresh independent spirit. When the weather is good, there are a couple of brilliant walking routes to try: the six-mile Bath Skyline , for example, is a short stroll from the city centre and tramps through woodland, meadows and orchards with views of the buildings below.

The Somerset city’s literary heritage is well documented – Jane Austen is probably the most famous one-time resident – and there’s still a thriving network of bookshops and literature festivals here, including at bookworm magnet Topping and Company, which stocks more than 55,000 titles. Restaurants are driven by excellent local produce and seasonal ingredients. Grab a traditional lunch at The Circus (we recommend the Wiltshire lamb two ways) or order bun cha at Vietnamese spot Noya’s Kitchen. After a bite, shop at clever concept stores such as Nām, which sells antique furniture and homeware curated by owner Sharan Kaur, and Found, where you can buy clothes from niche global brands, or spend an afternoon at wine bar Corkage, where about 70 bottles are available to sample by the glass. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Small hotel Eight lives up to its name; there are just eight rooms, and the ground-floor restaurant always has eight dishes on the menu.

7. The New Forest, Hampshire

The best day trip from London for : woodland walks and long pub lunches How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo usually takes about 1 hour 45 minutes

With its purple carpets of heather, ancient woodland and England-of-yore villages, the New Forest has long been a release valve for Londoners eager to clear the cobwebs and the cortisol. The apex of its beauty has to be autumn, when its rich hues cut through morning mists and dazzle in the afternoon sun. It's best enjoyed during a long ramble, where you’re likely to meet free-roaming New Forest ponies, cattle and even pigs, followed by a hearty pub lunch with local ale and a warming log fire.

Take the train from Waterloo to Beaulieu Road station and fuel your hike with a pint of real ale at the Drift Inn. If independent shops, cafés and beaches are on the agenda, it’s best to head to Lymington instead, as this one-and-a-half-hour loop around the pub on the edge of the New Forest is blissfully rugged and remote. Having traipsed through a mixed mosaic of woodland and absorbed the silence and sweeping views across the heathland, hunker down at the Drift Inn for a Hampshire beef burger, ale-battered haddock or the pie of the day (invariably something along the lines of mud pie with mash and gravy). Rosalyn Wikeley

If you decide to stay over : Those seeking the quintessential heather-and-wild-ponies New Forest should bed down at The Pig hotel in Brockenhurst or Limewood near Lyndhurst (about five minutes from the Drift Inn). However, the trusted favourite among New Forest devotees, Chewton Glen continues to lure weary urbanites with its coveted position – wedged between woodland and the coast – and commitment to the good, old-fashioned service and comforts of a country club. You’ll find few zeitgeisty design details or next-gen touches here. Instead, antiques, thick carpets and mahogany furniture keep this 18th-century manor house sure of its identity – save a few fun treehouse bedrooms, should privacy or the 21st century fall into your criteria. Don’t miss the fresh salads and fish lunches once you’ve been pummelled in the spa or worked up an appetite in the Grecian-style pool. The gardens are also glorious for afternoon tea after visiting Highcliffe beach.

Charlotte Davey

Lee Marshall

Arati Menon

Connor Sturges

8. Hertford, Hertfordshire

The best day trip from London for : pub-crawling and country walks How to get there from London: The train from Finsbury Park takes 35 minutes

With its higgledy-piggledy, pastel-coloured buildings and cobbled streets, this county town serves up a slice of English antiquity that’s postcard-pretty enough to satisfy both shiny-eyed visitors from further afield and weary Londoners searching for fresher air, shorter queues and somewhere different to look at for the day. With trains running every half hour, it’s possible to find yourself marching around its 15th-century castle grounds (check ahead for cinema screenings, talks and events), net fishing from a sandy cove in Hartham Common or wandering about its dinky museum within the hour. Alternatively, if you’re feeling ambitious, you can cycle from London along the River Lea towpath.

On arrival, dip into its handful of local shops – The Women's Society Boutique has an imposing exterior but is a real treasure trove – before stopping at one of the many independent cafés and restaurants. Popular deli-bar Giambrone’s serves authentic Italian plates, while Hertford Coffee Lab makes for a cool pit-stop, and Georgian townhouse and B&B Number One Port Hill hosts occasional pop-up suppers. Plus, the artsy Dog and Whistle, once a pop-up café, has blossomed into a hipster foodie pub and music venue with rooms. Indeed, Hertford – quiet market town by day and more bustling nightspot come evening – specialises in pubs, particularly old-world ones. There's The Salisbury Arms Hotel, said to have been the place where Oliver Cromwell stayed during the Civil War and home to a number of ghosts; the 16th-century White Horse; the 17th-century Blackbirds; and the riverside Old Barge (exact age unknown, but 'old' is part of the name…). If you have time, go on the three-mile walk to Ware alongside the River Lea towpath – the neighbouring town also has a plethora of pubs – and catch the train back to London from there. Becky Lucas

If you decide to stay over: Hertford House Hotel took over the former local newspaper’s offices in pretty Parliament Square in 2006 and hasn’t stopped evolving since, with its latest restaurant and bar renovation completed in autumn 2020. Don’t miss out on brunch in the secret garden, a locally sourced roast in the restaurant and a pint in smart sister pub The Quiet Man.

9. Deal, Kent

The best day trip from London for: an under-the-radar getaway How to get there from London: The fast train from St Pancras International takes 1 hour 22 minutes

This hillside scribble of Georgian streets tucked behind the Kent coast really hit our radar in 2018. Nicknamed ‘Margate’s little sister’, it’s a much cosier, countryside version of its arty neighbour. And that’s exactly its appeal. Deal is less shouty than Margate , but there’s still an exciting slew of shops, cafés and galleries that have arrived over the past few years. The Saturday Market stalls are worth a rummage, but it’s the food that brings the locals back each weekend. For more of a sit-down lunch we love Frog and Scot where the chef, previously of The Sportsman in Seasalter, cooks up a daily changing menu based on hyper-local produce. Founder of Smugglers Records Will Greenham (ex singer and guitarist of the band Cocos Lovers, who’ve supported Mumford & Sons on tour) is at the heart of the town’s music scene, and in terms of art, Linden Hall Studio is a contemporary gallery in a converted chapel that wouldn’t look out of place in Mayfair. Tabitha Joyce

If you decide to stay over: The Rose was revamped in 2018 and now there are eight cute bedrooms splashed in bold colours and filled with vintage finds. The restaurant is looked after by Rachel O’Sullivan (previously of East London’s Towpath Café) who dishes up Scandi-inspired breakfast plates of smoked salmon, avocado, soft-boiled egg, dill and whipped cream cheese.

Read more about Deal, Kent

10. Whitstable, Kent

The best day trip from London for: oysters on the beach How to get there from London : The train from from St Pancras takes 1hr 13 minutes

This little town on the north Kent coast isn’t quite the sort-of-secret it was back in the 1990s, when DFLs (local jargon for Londoners) rediscovered it, arriving at weekends for seafood at Wheelers on the high street and pints of Kentish ale at the beach-side Old Neptune pub. But it’s still an atmospheric place to head for a hit of vitamin B12 – via a dozen or so oysters – then a scrunch along the shingle shore, spotting Second World War sea forts across the waves and seals in the harbour. There are plenty of places to eat: avoid the overpriced Royal Native Oyster Stores and head instead to JoJo’s, just down the road in Tankerton, for mackerel fillets and Med-inspired small plates. Or Samphire, a Whitstable bistro with cuttlefish risotto and Romney Marsh lamb on the menu. There’s also a thriving micropub scene here, with The Handsome Sam, The Black Dog, and the larger Twelve Taps for hoppy experimentation. But our favourite pastime is picking up a pot of cockles and whelks from the quayside, or fish and chips and oysters from The Forge shack, and devouring them in the shade of a wooden groyne on the beach, preferably with a bottle of English fizz to hand. Rick Jordan

If you decide to stay over: The Victorian fisherman’s huts on the beach are the best place in which to hole up, the sound of waves and boat masts jangling in the wind outside, and can be booked via Hotel Continental. Along the coast in Seasalter is the Driftwood Beach House B&B .

11. Rye, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : a bracingly fresh seaside getaway How to get there from London: The train from St Pancras International takes about 1 hour 10 minutes with a change at Ashford International.

Rye is home to what might just be Britain ’s prettiest (and most prettily named) street, and a wave of newcomers have moved in alongside the quaint old-timers in Mermaid Street and beyond, opening smart interiors stores and artisan bakeries next to unironically vintage tea rooms and souvenir shops. After breakfast at Whitehouse Rye – order the halloumi hash – pick up a new read at The Tiny Book Store (the clue’s in the name) and window shop for that fantasy mansion at striking antiques shop Strand House Interiors. The blustery dunes and invigorating waters of Camber Sands, one of the best beach near London , are a 15 minute ride away on the local bus, but head back in time for a rustic supper at Tuscan Rye, where fresh pasta (ricotta ravioli with brown-butter sauce, potato and thyme tortellini in a rich ragu) draws loyal locals. Sarah James

If you decide to stay over: Book a room at the lively George in Rye , which welcomes A-list guests (George Clooney and Helena Bonham Carter have both checked in for sleepovers) and smart locals in the same breath.

These are our favourite things to do in Rye

12. Margate, Kent

The best day trip from London for : a cultural day out How to get there from London: the fast train from London St Pancras takes 1 hour 25 minutes.

It’s no secret that this Victorian seaside town has had quite the hipster renaissance in recent years, sparked mostly by the arrival of the Turner Contemporary gallery in 2011 and spurred on by a slew of new openings and a wave of Londoners upping sticks and moving down to the Kent coast. For a cultural outing, the waterside Turner Contemporary is still a must. Entry is free so it’s worth popping in even if you’ve never heard of the artists on show, and the shop has some nice local products. For more contemporary art head to Crate, an artist-led project space in an old printworks. If you’d prefer something older – much older – wander over to the most ancient building in town, the Tudor House, a Grade II-listed 16th-century timber-framed house on King Street. It’s on your route from the seafront to the mysterious Shell Grotto, a spooky set of underground tunnels covered in more than four million shells.

A trip to Margate isn’t complete without a few hours in Dreamland, whether it’s for some spins on the rides or to see one of the amusement park’s impressive line-up of gigs in the evenings. Do take a stroll around town to hit up the vintage shops selling retro clothes, furniture and homewares, where you can still find some decent bargains. And don’t forget to head over to Cliff Terrace to visit the flagship store of cult natural skincare brand Haeckels, which makes divine-smelling beauty products using seaweed gathered on the beach nearby. Speaking of the beach, if you want to go swimming walk along the coast to Walpole Bay Tidal Pool, a man-made sea lagoon where you can find calm waters and steps for easier access. If you arrive early (or stay the night), tuck into cracking breakfast at Storeroom coffee shop or at Cliffs, where there’s also a record shop, a hair salon and a yoga studio. In fact, the whole up-and-coming area of Cliftonville is worth exploring. After all that roaming, great seafood can be found for dinner at either Angela’s or Hantverk & Found – reserve a table in advance though, as both get booked up. Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over: The best beds in town are at The Reading Rooms , a boutique b&b in a restored Georgian townhouse a few minutes’ walk from the seafront. Be sure you don’t have to rush off in the morning as they’ll bring breakfast to your room so you can eat it overlooking the leafy square.

Read more about Margate's best things to do

13. Eastbourne, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : fair-weather walkers How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 30 minutes.

Eastbourne is an old-timey British seaside town with a Victorian pier, a pebble beach, and a much-loved bandstand where tribute acts reign: ‘Queen’, ‘ABBA’, ‘Frank Sinatra’ and ‘Lady Gaga’ have all played. You could spend the day taking in the town’s thriving art galleries, with plenty of opportunities for refuelling stops along the way (our favourite is the stripped-back-trendy Nelson Coffee Co opposite the station) but the real draw here is enjoying the great outdoors at Beachy Head, where you’ll find the famous Seven Sisters chalk cliffs. A hike with seriously impressive views out to sea runs across the top. Wander all the way along to neighbouring Seaford or make one of the secret beaches tucked away at the foot of the cliffs your way point. It’s a steep climb down, but Falling Sands Beach is quiet and sandy and well worth the adventure. Eastbourne often makes the list of the sunniest places in the UK, so don’t forget your sunglasses. Olivia Holborow

If you decide to stay over: Book into the Beachy Head holiday cottages – there’s a choice of 8, all set around a rambling walled garden with fruit and vegetables you can help yourself to.

An insider guide to the South Downs

14. Brighton, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for : blasting the cobwebs away by the sea How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour 34 minutes.

Brighton is a brilliant mish-mash of retro, seaside fun and progressive culture. Book in advance and you can get return tickets from London for as little as £10. A maze of bunting-lined streets, The Lanes bursts at the seams with vintage shops – don’t miss Beyond Retro and Dirty Harry, and our two favourite independent boutiques, Our Daily Edit and Peggs & Son, as well as retro memorabilia (navigate the turnstile at Snoopers Paradise for collectors’ items, vinyl, and furniture). Time your day trip to include breakfast at Kensingtons – grab a table on the balcony for giant plates piled high with eggs, toast and beans. It’s not the easiest spot to find, so look out for a shop called Artemis on Kensington Gardens, which overflows with sheepskin rugs and pelts – the café is on the left; follow the smell of bacon up the stairs. Later, reserve a table at Food for Friends, a superb veggie restaurant with award-winning flavours and presentation. A short walk away is the huge 8km pebbly beach – the section near the Palace Pier is dotted with stripy deckchairs and usually buzzing from spring to autumn (and often absolutely crammed in summer). There’s something terribly British about layering up and enjoying a windswept walk in the winter months, too. Reward yourself with a bag of hot, sugary donuts from the pier.

If you decide to stay over : Walk along the seafront to The Ginger Pig, a restaurant-with-rooms with pre-mixed cocktails in the minibars and Cowshed bottles by the standalone bathtubs.

The best restaurants in Brighton

15. Lewes, Sussex

The best day trip from London for : history buffs and vintage hunters How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes just over 1 hour.

Lewes: the market town in the South Downs that sits against a backdrop of chalk hills and green peaks. Cobblestoned 'twittens' (narrow streets), handpainted shop signs and crumbling tiles from the 1960s make it feel like a town time forgot, and its slower rhythm makes for a reinvigorating gear-change. The Needlemakers on West Street is home to a range of small, independent shops that sell local craftsmanship, from jewellery to books – Alexis Dove is a favourite for delicate silverware and Susie Petrou has an eye for vintage blouses and Romanian embroidery. There’s an incongruous well at the bottom by the vintage shops – throw in a penny for good luck before you start hunting through piles of clothes and bags. Lewes Flea Market is an alluring source for antique furniture and quirky homeware, and is open daily (not to be confused with the outdoor Sunday market, which is also worth a visit). At the other end of town, at the bottom of Cliffe High Street, you can find Bill Collison’s very first Bill’s restaurant, a European deli-turned-eatery, where you can get hearty dishes such as pumpkin, fig and chestnut roast, or a beef, bacon and camembert burger. After lunch, ponder the paperbacks at the Fifteenth Century Bookshop, which has been carefully restored in recent years but remains as much of a landmark as Lewes Castle. Finish the day with a pint; Harvey’s Brewery is the only independent brewery in Sussex and provides the John Harvey Tavern over the road with local cask ales (download the self-titled app to find out where you can get it in London).

If you decide to stay over : Head to Firle for a night at The Ram Inn , and enjoy crisp linen and generous breakfasts served by an open fire.

16. Folkestone, Kent

The best day trip from London for: a coastal up-and-comer How to get there from London : The fast train from London St Pancras to Ashford takes 40 minutes, where you can change for Folkestone Central.

The seaside town of Folkestone is mid-makeover, which is the ideal time to visit – before everything gets priced up and the place’s quirks glossed over. The appeal of Sunny Sands beach is self-explanatory – this tiny, windswept slip of sand is one of the best beaches in Kent and the ideal spot to kick off your day (unsurprisingly, it fills up with families wielding buckets and spades, sticky with sunscreen, too). A trio of swashbuckling pubs and restaurants – The Ship Inn, The Mariner and The Captain’s Table – lines the seafront, but the real treasure can be found in the Creative Quarter. At the bottom of The Old High Street is Bounce Vintage, an open space with rails full of retro sportswear, French chore jackets and Aloha shirts. If you exchange smiles and pleasantries with the rosy-cheeked owners, they might just offer you an espresso on the house. Failing that, further up the road, Steep Street sells specialty coffee, homemade cake and books . Floor-to-ceiling, wall-to-wall shelves of hardbacks tower over fat leather armchairs and blackboard tables that you can doodle on in chalk. There are endless places to eat and drink around town: Rocksalt for a smart menu and sea views; Papas for old-fashioned fish’n’chips ; Beano’s for veggies; La Casa Del Bello Gelato for ice cream Follies for pizza and The Pullman for pints. The Harbour Arm, though, is where Folkestone’s own folk go – the Champagne bar hidden in the lighthouse at the end is rustic, romantic, and completely charming.

If you decide to stay over : Book a room at the Linen Shed , a dove-grey, weatherboarded house on the old Roman road to Canterbury.

The best restaurants in Kent

17. Oxford, Oxfordshire

The best day trip from London for : a traditional slice of British culture How to get there from London : The Oxford Tube coach service takes 1 hour 30 minutes and runs until 3am; trains also run from Paddington and Marylebone stations and take 1 hour.

In one of the most quintessentially English cities in the UK (and the most expensive to live in outside London), cream tea is not just a rite of passage – it’s a requirement. And there’s only one place to take it – The Vaults & Garden Café, signposted by the presence of an antique bicycle with a flowerbed in its basket, is a gorgeous 14th-century building surrounded by colleges (Oriel, Brasenose, Murton, All Souls), where scones come loaded with clotted cream and seasonal homemade jam (the café has serious sustainability credentials, too). Architecture is a major draw in Oxford ; the libraries, bridges and even cinemas feature Palladian domes, Norman design, ziggurat influences and listed buildings which make this a city to see on foot (Radcliffe Square is a must, and it’s worth paying £4 to climb the tower at the Church of St Mary The Virgin for the best view of Oxford). If you’re taking kids, the Pitt Rivers Museum is packed with bizarre artefacts and stories they’ll tell their friends about, and The Story Museum welcomes you through a wardrobe into Narnia and other fictional worlds of wonder. If you booked a babysitter, however, grab a drink at the brilliant Freud bar in Jericho – a stained-glass church-turned-cool-cocktail-bar that is grown-up enough to feel sophisticated but studenty enough to have plenty of atmosphere and frivolity in the air (or perhaps it’s something in the drinks).

If you decide to stay over : There are plenty of lovely hotels in the Cotswolds , such as The Wild Rabbit – the latest outpost from eco-queen Carole Bamford of Daylesford Organic fame.

18. Cambridge, Cambridgeshire

The best day trip from London for : people-watching and scenery How to get there from London : The train from London King’s Cross takes 45 minutes.

Like cycling in Amsterdam or taking trams in San Francisco , punting really is the most sophisticated way to see the city of Cambridge and the university grounds. Scudamore’s is the oldest ‘chauffeur’ company and offers a more traditional tour, but board a boat from the Garret Hostel Bridge for a younger, more humorous experience (ask your punter why the GHB is also known as Orgasm Bridge). For lunch, foodPark is a top hawker convoy of Sri Lankan curries, wood-fired pizza and open-wide burgers that sets up from 12pm until 2pm in varying locations around Cambridge from Wednesday to Friday. For something more upscale, book one of Galleria’s terrace tables on the south side of the Magdalene Bridge, with British fusion food and views of the River Cam (your gluten- and dairy-free friends will thank you, as there are two separate menus specifically catering to their diets). In the autumn, the leaf-covered colleges are particularly picturesque as they turn red and rust, and in spring, Parker’s Piece is a scenic stretch of greenery from which to navigate (spot the lamppost that supposedly inspired the post in CS Lewis’ Narnia). From here, find eccentric English shop Bowes & Co, Fitzbillies for iced buns, Aromi for Italian nibbles, Kettle’s Yard art gallery and G David for antique books. Finish your day with the choral evensong at King’s College Chapel around 5.30pm: goosebumps guaranteed. For more ideas, see our guide to the best things to do in Cambridge .

If you decide to stay over : It doesn’t get much better than the iconic University Arms hotel , reopened in 2018 after a serious reboot.

19. Ashdown Forest, East Sussex

The best day trip from London for: welly-wielding outdoorsy types How to get there from London : The train from London Victoria takes 1 hour to East Grinstead (a 15-minute drive from Forest Row).

AA Milne famously wrote the stories of Winnie the Pooh while living just north of Ashdown Forest. Known as 100 Acre Wood in Pooh’s world, the forest is home to the spellbinding stories and is an enchanting place to stretch your legs for a day, easily accessible via East Grinstead station. Stretches of open heathland give way to leafy walkways and carpets of bluebells in spring, where the woods teem with wildlife (spot fallow deer, badgers and the odd friendly pheasant – no honey-eating bears, though), and the only noise is birdsong. You can even visit Pooh Bridge (for a game of Poohsticks, naturally), but be warned, it’s a prominent tourist spot. Pooh was a big fan of having ‘a little smackerel of something’, and nearby village Forest Row has plenty of places for elevenses. Taffels deli is a family-run café and much-loved lunch spot (there is nothing skinny about the skinny chips; they are double-fried and divine) and caters to all dietary requirements, while Java & Jazz serves huge hot chocolates cakes and crispy-crusted pizza. For proper pub food, the cosy Hatch Inn (one of our favourite country pubs near London ) is known for roasts with all the trimmings and offers plenty of dog-patting opportunities. If you’re not in a hurry to get home, head to Linton’s car park – locally known as ‘the viewpoint’ – for sunset.

If you decide to stay over : Gravetye Manor is a very English Elizabethan country-house classic and one of our favourite weekend breaks in the UK .

20. Dungeness, Kent

The best day trip from London for : nature enthusiasts How to get there from London : The drive to Romney Marsh via the A20 and M20 takes 2 hours.

Arriving in Dungeness from London feels a little like stepping out of a Tardis into a different time zone, where a recent apocalypse has left the landscape barren, the wildlife overrun, the buildings flattened, and the population dramatically compromised (in fact, the Dungeness Power Station appeared in Doctor Who in 1971). Unofficially known as ‘Britain’s only desert’, Dungeness has a unique environment – single-storey buildings appear to have been swallowed by the shingle and plants let loose with little regard for human-imposed order. The beach resembles a mass shipwreck; abandoned fishing boats, crumbling shacks, winches and forgotten tractors coated in decades of rust sit, untouched, unmoved and as mysterious as a Russell T Davies plot. There’s not a whole lot to do here – but there’s so much to see, and so much to pique your curiosity that you’ll spend the journey back Googling the area. Kids will love the sheer strangeness of it all, and it’s impossible to resist the childlike urge to climb and run and play. Few places so close to London feel like such an adventure; the journey can take less than two hours and, if you time it right, you can order the catch of the day for lunch from roadside hut the Snack Shack, which does the freshest fish, lobster rolls and ice-cold cans of San Pellegrino.

If you decide to stay over : You’ll have to venture out of Dungeness – try The Rose in Deal , a grown-up bolthole splashed with bold colours and covetable vintage finds.

The best day trip from London for : switching off How to get there from London: The train from London Waterloo to Dorking takes 50 minutes.

Surrey’s proximity to London makes the journey a breeze – and it’s an especially astute pick if you’re likely to be coming with a car full of little ones. At Henry VIII’s home Hampton Court Palace, there are family-friendly events such as beast quests and ghost tours, as well as the famous giant hedge maze, where adventurous kids can lead the troops. In winter, an ice rink is set against the historic backdrop of the palace, a building whose grandiose architecture is shaped by both the Tudor and Baroque periods. If you’re escaping the city (and the kids), however, check in at Grayshott Health Spa, a traditional country home with cutting-edge treatments. Surrounded by 47 acres of flowering gardens, it’s a peaceful place to step back and take stock. Connect with nature at Kew, too, where the Royal Botanic Gardens are open to the public all year round. The winter light show is particularly mesmerising, when the sun starts to sink earlier and earlier. Be sure to take cash for mince pies and mulled wine as you wander through the grounds. Having been awarded a Michelin star , Steve Drake’s restaurant Sorrel in Dorking (a market town with chocolate-box charm) is currently the county’s hottest restaurant with the most exciting ‘discovery menu’.

If you decide to stay over : Surrey is home to some of the best spas near London , such as Grayshott, where the Manor House rooms offer faded charm.

22. Hastings and St Leonards

The best day trip from London for:  old-school seaside charm How to get there from London:  The fast train from London St Pancras International takes 1 hour 32 minutes with a change at Ashford International

There’s almost too much to fit into a one-day visit to Hastings, especially if you want to pop over to the neighbouring town of St Leonards. Over the last few years, these two  East Sussex  enclaves have become a popular bolthole for burnt-out Londoners looking for a bohemian seaside escape. To see what all the fuss is about, head straight to explore Hasting’s quaint Old Town, a picturesque maze of streets sandwiched between two dramatic cliffs. Pedestrianised scenic George Street is where most of the action happens, with a thrum of cafés, shops and pubs, but it’s worth wandering the surrounding streets too. Seek out AG Hendy & Co on the High Street for well-curated vintage homewares and stop into  The Crown  for cosy pub grub made with excellent local produce. If you’re up for a wander, get the funicular up and walk along to the cliff to Fairlight Glen, a beautiful secluded beach where clothing is optional. Or if that sounds a bit much, stay in the Old Town and explore the dramatic black fisherman’s huts on Rock-A-Nore beach where there’s Hastings Contemporary art gallery, a tiny shipwreck museum, fresh seafood stalls and a very cute miniature railway. Next up, take the 40-minute amble along the beach past the pier to St Leonards and stop off for food at the fabulous seafront café, Goat Ledge. It’s worth the trip for their crispy panko fish baps and katsu curry sauce chips alone. Nearby, there are great independent shops selling everything from candles to kimonos on Norman Road and King’s Road where you can easily spend a few hours happily browsing and café hopping before settling into dinner at Michelin-recommended pub The Royal.  Sonya Barber

If you decide to stay over:  Book into  The Old Rectory , a bijou  b&b  in Hasting’s Old Town with treatment rooms and a walled garden.

After the eclipse: On Ohio's path of totality, viewers react with awe

The first total solar eclipse to cross Ohio in more than 200 years occurred Monday afternoon and millions throughout the state paused and looked up as the moon blocked out the sun.

In the path of totality , which ran just north of Columbus, the eclipse lasted up to roughly three minutes and 40 seconds.

The Dispatch and its sister publications deployed reporters throughout Columbus and Ohio to bring readers the latest on this once-in-a-lifetime event. Here's everything Dispatch reporters and photographers saw on eclipse day.

6 p.m.: 'Absolutely magnificent': Eclipse reactions pour in from the path of totality in Ohio

"Beautiful," is the word Stella Tong, 11, used to describe the total solar eclipse from her viewpoint laying on a grassy hill in front of the Armstrong Air and Space Museum in Wapakoneta, Ohio.

"It was amazing, it was absolutely amazing," said her dad, Christian Tong, 51. 

The family — which also includes mom Amanda Tong, 48, and son Leo, 7 — traveled from their home in Tampa, Florida to Cincinnati to get treatment for Leo, who has a rare condition, at Cincinnati Children’s Hospital.

Christian Tong found the museum's event and the family said it was " worth the trip" from Tampa to Cincinnati to Wapakoneta.

"It was great to be right on the center of totality," said Christian Tong, who, in 2017 led a tour for the eclipse at Glacier National Park. "It was amazing. It was absolutely amazing."

Christian Tong also noted the nice weather, and Amanda Tong enjoyed the atmosphere of the museum's event. 

“We love it. The people set up with their gear, the interactive things for the kids, the music. The whole vibe is good," she said.

After the eclipse reached totality, the event's DJ asked the crowd to cheer if it was their first solar eclipse, and many made noise.

Cheerers included Owen Clark, 8, who lives in Pataskala and was viewing the eclipse from the museum's lawn with his mom, Jessica Clark, 41, and his brother Camdyn Clark, 11.

"Worth it," Owen said. "It was a bunch of money but it was worth it. It was a once in a lifetime experience, at least for me," he said, glaring in jest at his older brother, who saw the partial 2017 eclipse as a preschooler.

"The full was way better," Camdyn said. His favorite part? The darkness.

A chill snuck into the air and the wind picked up as the moon covered the sun completely in Wapakoneta, just a "diamond ring effect," as Michael Latka called it, as the sun streamed in over mountains on the moon's surface.

Latka, an astronomy enthusiast, brought a special telescope to look at the sun and saw a red solar prominence, like a flare, but lasting longer, that showed up during totality and after. It was on the bottom edge of the sun and was much, much bigger than the circumference of the Earth, he said. 

Latka, from Jackson, Michigan, worked as an industrial engineer at a company that produced parts for the Apollo missions and moon rockets. 

As for the eclipse as a whole, Latka said it was "absolutely magnificent."

Emotionally and visually magnificent, Latka said, and he felt "a burst of awesomeness" looking up at it.

—Danae King, reporting from Wapakoneta, the hometown of Neil Armstrong, the first man on the moon.

5:51 p.m.: Life in Columbus slowed to a crawl as eclipse passed overhead

In the end, 99.6% wasn’t so bad for eclipse watchers in Columbus, outside the line of totality to our north and west.

At Gravity Park in Franklinton, people started arriving at noon for beer and science experiments.

Along Grandview Avenue in Grandview Heights, outdoor tables at Stauf’s, Jeni’s Splendid Ice Creams and Grandview Café filled up. Jeni’s served up four eclipse flavors and free, fizzy Space Dust sprinkles. Stauf’s had an Eclipse Latte of espresso, vanilla and orange juice and insisted via social media that “you’re just gonna have to trust us on this one.”

By about 3 p.m., the streetlights popped on along High Street and office lights grew visible through the windows of Downtown office towers. Temperatures dropped noticeably. A few hundred people sat on the Statehouse steps and stood around Capitol Square to gaze up through eclipse glasses as the sun shrank to a tiny sliver over the Riffe Building.

By the peak at 3:12 p.m., the mid-afternoon buzz in the heart of Downtown didn’t stop in totality, and probably not even 99.6%. But it did feel quieter. Conversations paused, and a U.S. Postal Service truck was the only vehicle heading south on High Street for a minute.

The sun started growing larger within seconds, the sky grew brighter and the temperature returned to its pre-eclipse spring warmth. Someone applauded.

By 3:30 p.m., two office workers walked across Capitol Square, heading back to their desks with their eclipse glasses in hand.

“Well, that was a nice way to break up the day,” one said to the other.

—Bob Vitale, reporting from Columbus, which experienced 99% of the total eclipse.

4:10 p.m. Hour after eclipse, traffic slow and steady

An hour after the eclipse reached totality in parts of Ohio, traffic returning to Columbus remains heavy.

The most congested areas of traffic are on U.S. 33 east between Marysville and Dublin, according to the Ohio Department of Transportation (ODOT), and Ohio 315 and U.S. 23 headed south from Delaware to Columbus.

There are no reports of significant crashes, however, the left shoulder of U.S. 33 east is closed beyond the U.S. 42 interchange.

There is also a crash blocking the westbound lane of Interstate 270 near Ohio 315.

—Cole Behrens, reporting from Columbus, which experienced 99% of the total eclipse.

3:43 p.m.: After eclipse, traffic delays already reported around Ohio

Areas of former congestion, like U.S. 33 in between Marysville and Dublin appeared to be mostly under control as the eclipse ended and travelers begin to return around 3:30 p.m., according to ODOT.

But, traffic is beginning to build back up in Marysville headed southbound.

The Ohio Department of Transportation has estimated hundreds of thousands of visitors would come to Ohio today, potentially causing widespread traffic congestion throughout the state.

Check out more reports of traffic around the state here.

3:32 p.m.: The eclipse is over. What should you do with your eclipse glasses?

Several companies and government agencies have partnered to collect used but undamaged glasses for reuse.

Warby Parker stores are accepting them until April 30 and will donate them to Astronomers Without Borders to distribute to educators and students around the world.

SWACO and its partners including the city of Columbus, Columbus and Franklin County Metro Parks, and the Columbus Zoo and Aquarium are collecting the glasses and, as part of a relationship with Solar Eclipse USA, will send them to schools in Latin America so that school-aged children can view the October Annual Eclipse.

For those attending a watch party at the zoo or at Glacier Park, Highbanks, Homestead, Prairie Oak or Sharon Woods the glasses can be left at collection containers at the event.

Otherwise, they can be dropped off before April 30 at one of the following locations at the SWACO Recycling Convenience Center, 2566 Jackson Pike or the Columbus Waste & Reuse Center, 2100 Alum Creek, Columbus.

They also can be left at Columbus & Franklin County Metro Park Nature Centers at Battelle Darby Creek, 1775 Darby Creek Drive, Galloway; Blacklick Woods, 6975 E. Livingston Ave., Reynoldsburg; Blendon Woods, 4265 E. Dublin Granville Rd.; Highbanks, 9466 Columbus Pike, Lewis Center.

Don’t put solar eclipse glasses in with household recycling. Due to the mixed material nature of eclipse-viewing glasses, the glasses are not accepted as part of Franklin County’s curbside recycling program.

—Mark Williams, reporting from Columbus, which experienced 99% of the total eclipse.

3:24 p.m.: Total eclipse passes through Ohio

The eclipse has come and gone in Ohio, marking the first time in more than two centuries that such an event occurred in the state.

Below is an image of the the eclipse from Wapakoneta, which was in the path of totality.

—Doral Chenoweth, reporting from Wapakoneta, the hometown of Neil Armstrong, the first man on the moon.

2:58 p.m.: As eclipse approaches, viewers prepare for the main event

Eclipse-chasers laid out picnic blankets and unfolded outdoor chairs along Indian Lake on Monday afternoon as the eclipse quickly approached. Children and pets ran free while adults peered upwards at the darkening sun.

Behind them, a handful of boats cruised the shining waters of Indian Lake.

Jessica Bryce, Jennifer Martin, Teresa Martin and Jonathan Martin combined paper plates with their eclipse glasses so that their young children’s eyes would be completely covered from the sun’s harmful rays.

But once they made them for their kids, they decided to make some for themselves, too.

—Nathan Hart and Sheridan Hendrix,   reporting from Indian Lake at the center of the eclipse's path of totality in Ohio.

2:55 p.m.: When will the eclipse peak in your neighborhood? Use this tool to find out

The total solar eclipse will peak at different times across Ohio.

In Columbus, residents will see approximately 99% of the eclipse's totality. At about 3:12 p.m., the eclipse will peak locally.

To find out just how dark it will be and when the eclipse will peak where you are, search your ZIP code in this tool here.

—Cole Behrens, reporting from Columbus, which will experience 99% of the total eclipse.

2:45 p.m.: Ohioans watching eclipse from COSI in Columbus, Hoff Woods Park in Westerville

On the banks of the Scioto River, hundreds of people from across central Ohio flocked to COSI on Monday to watch the once-in-a-lifetime solar eclipse. Parents, grandparents and kids waltzed across the wide pavilion with eclipse glasses and solar eclipse kits from COSI in hand.

Some folks immediately started looking for events when they heard about the eclipse, including Gabrielle Herron of Columbus. She came with her two grandchildren, Maya and Sincere, both 10.

In Westerville, police have closed traffic to a portion of Hoff Woods Park with the eclipse approaching. Parkin lots at the park have all filled up and people are beginning to fill a grassy area and await the eclipse which will peak in the central Ohio area just after 3:10 p.m. today.

—Shahid Meighan , reporting from COSI near downtown Columbus, and Jim Wilhelm, reporting from Westerville.

2:26 p.m.: In Marysville, visitor takes one 'last shot' at seeing a total eclipse

A visit to a cousin in Bexley helped lure Morris Klein and his wife, Naomi Freeman, to Marysville from their Bethesda, Md. home.

"We were looking it up and Marysville looked like a good option, said Naomi, who had just finished lunch in Partners Park across from Marysville City Hall.

"I'm 73, so this is my last shot," explained Morris, a semi-retired elder law attorney who broke down and bought a bright orange shirt for $5: "Marysville Ohio Total Solar Eclipse."

At Elgin Park, large groups had gathered, laying blankets under the bright sun, just after 2 p.m. partially sliced by the moon's shadow. Nearby, Walking Distance Brewing Co. also was crowded.

"They have a great vibe here normally, said Kylel Lathwell, who drove backroads from Powell with Erin Tarr and their two teenage boys.

"We're gonna hang out here and let the kids go for a walk," Tarr said.

—Dean Narciso,   reporting from Marysville, a central Ohio city inside the eclipse's path of totality.

2:22 p.m.: Visitors from that state up north in Ohio for total eclipse

Gail and George Ranville have started something of an eclipse tradition: visit a brewery in the path of totality.

The Ranvilles own Biére de Mac Brew Works in Mackinaw City, Michigan. In August 2017, they drove down to Hopkinsville Brewing Company in Kentucky to watch that total solar eclipse.

They kept the trend going Monday by spending the day at Indian Lake Brewing Company in Russells Point. The couple enjoyed three flights of brews and enjoyed all of them, Gail said.

Will they visit a brewery for the next eclipse? If they wait until the next U.S. total solar eclipse in 2045, maybe not.

“I’m pushing 70, so I don’t know if I’ll make it!” George quipped.

But, Gail said, the next international eclipse will skirt through Spain in 2026.

“Well, maybe we could hit Portugal when we’re there,” George said.

2:12 p.m.: Eclipse casting its shadow across North America

Images are coming in from around the country of the solar eclipse beginning throughout the U.S.

Satellite images in particular show a large shadow beginning to spread across Earth. The National Weather Service released the below time-lapse image from a National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration satellite on Monday afternoon.

1:41 p.m.: Eclipse chasers gathering in hometown of Ohio astronaut Neil Armstrong

Kids were blowing bubbles, kicking soccer balls around and snacking on shaved ice as they awaited the total eclipse on the lawn of the Armstrong Air and Space Museum in Wapakoneta .

In the path of totality for over three minutes, the area and museum's event drew hundreds on Monday to watch the eclipse. Camping chairs and blankets dotted the grass, with people milling about and friendly banter punctuating the air.

Jessica Clark and her two sons laid out a blanket and set up two chairs in the morning after walking across the street form their hotel in their eclipse-themed t-shirts.

Clark, 41, had planned to take her son Camdyn, 11, to see the eclipse in the path of totality since last fall, when the Licking Heights High School English teacher requested the day off.

When school ended up being canceled for both her and her children, she brought her youngest son, Owen, 8, too.

Her oldest son stayed at home in Pataskala, but 99% totality wasn't good enough for Clark and her sons, as Camdyn is very interested in space. The family visited the museum last summer and were excited to come back for this event.

"I had no idea the atmosphere they've created, but this is phenomenal," Clark said. "It's the camaraderie, people are really friendly. When you see people you know are serious about it, you can just ask them questions."

Clark and her sons did just that, asking a gentleman from Minnesota with a large telescope about what he knew about the eclipse and his equipment. Being a teacher, Clark insisted the boys learn something before looking through the device.

The family visited booths hosted by COSI and NASA. Next, they were setting out to find a man who said he was from NASA and ask him some questions.

A few yards away, LaShawna Hayes and Keith Coleman sat in chairs on the lawn. Hayes, 42, drove from Elon, North Carolina, and Coleman, 42, drove from Clarksville, Virginia. They stayed in Columbus, in the closest available hotel room they could find, for their first visit to Ohio to see the eclipse. 

Hayes saw the eclipse in 2017 in Tennessee and knew she had to see this one, too.

1:30 p.m.: Eclipse passing through Texas on its way to Ohio

In Texas, the first state in the path of totality, the solar eclipse has begun.

A partial shadow crossed into the U.S. in Texas just after noon local time. The period of “totality,” when the moon blocks out the sun entirely, will follow, as the  total eclipse of the sun  traces a path from southern Texas to northern Maine.

Alejandra Martinez, a 7th-grade science teacher from the border city of Eagle Pass, Texas, peered up at the gray, gauzy sky, anxiously awaiting the solar eclipse’s entrance into the U.S. Martinez, 42. sat with a telescope under a camping tent in a corner of the county airport in this south Texas town

—Doyle Rice, John Bacon and Rick Jervis reporting on the eclipse for USA TODAY.

12:58 p.m.: Solar eclipse traffic backups, accidents keep piling up in Ohio

As expected, Eclipse day traffic is continuing to cause slow downs and some hectic experiences along Ohio highways.

The heaviest traffic in central Ohio is being reported on U.S. 33 westbound between Dublin and Marysville, particularly near Ohio 161 and U.S. 42 interchanges, according to the Ohio Department of Transportation (ODOT).

ODOT's traffic cameras also show heavy traffic on Ohio 315 near the Franklin and Delaware County line and the Ohio 315 and U.S. 23 interchange.

Traffic along Interstate 71 in Delaware County is also heavy near Alum Creek State Park.

Roadways in Powell near the Columbus Zoo and Aquarium are also seeing increased traffic and slowdowns.

On the East Side of Columbus, a ramp from Interstate 670 to U.S. 62 was closed in both directions due to a crash.

At roughly 2:35 p.m., two westbound lanes of I-270 were closed at Ohio 315 due to a crash and the I-670 ramp to U.S. 62 had reopened.

Route 23 from Michigan into Ohio is also seeing a build-up of traffic, ODOT spokesperson Matt Bruning, said.

While the pace of traffic to the eclipse has been slow to build, Bruning urged people to prepare for a long return time as everyone who headed to the path of totality tries to get home.

“Patience will be key for sure, if you can stay put the longer you can after the event the easier it will be,” Bruning said. “History is a teacher, and it teaches that is not what happens, everyone leaves and wants to get home at the same time.”

—Bethany Bruner and Cole Behrens, reporting from Columbus, which will experience 99% of the total eclipse.

12:54 p.m.: Several Ohio state parks now closed to eclipse viewers

The following state parks are closed, according to the Ohio Department of Natural Resources :

• Mt Gilead State Park
• Van Buren State Park
• Daughmer Prairie Savannah State Nature Preserve 
• Sheldon Marsh State Nature Preserve
• Lawrence Woods State Nature Preserve
• Lake Loramie State Park parking in Spillway lot is now full as well as beach lot

Visitors are asked to seek other nearby locations.

—Max Filby, reporting from Columbus, which will experience 99% of the total eclipse.

12:37 p.m.: Eclipse sights and scenes from around Ohio

Dispatch photographers have spread out across Ohio today to cover the total solar eclipse.

From Columbus, to Dayton, to the hometown of Neil Armstrong, photographers are capturing celebrations and happenings along the path of totality.

Check out the photo gallery for what they're seeing today.

—Dispatch photographers Doral Chenoweth, Courtney Hergesheimer, Sheridan Hendrix, Barbara Perenic and Kyle Robertson covering the total solar eclipse throughout Ohio.

12:21 p.m.: For animals and scientists at the Columbus Zoo, the eclipse is a 'Solar-Bration'

The Columbus Zoo is expecting between 10,000 and 15,000 guests today for its "Solar-Bration," which will include demonstrations by Center of Science and Industry (COSI) and a special SUNdae for sale.

Tom Schmid, president and CEO of Columbus Zoo and Aquarium, told guests to be patient as they anticipate a large crowd and traffic but the zoo has been preparing, including making sure to have extra staff and security.

Meanwhile, as lots of guests will be looking up at the sky today, Ohio State University and zoo researchers will be looking at the animals and observing how they react to the eclipse — if they react.

Will predators become aggressive? Will some animals simply go to sleep?

The animals selected for the study are being observed two weeks before, during and two weeks after the eclipse.

Those animals include polar bears, brown bears, ostriches, reindeer, manatees, red pandas, kangaroos, cougars, tufted deer, red crowned cranes and manatees.

—Jordan Laird and Barbara Perenic, reporting from the Columbus Zoo and Aquarium, where researchers are studying animal behavior today. 

What's on tap along the path of totality? Eclipse-themed brews of course

Dozens of people filled Indian Lake Brewing Company on Monday morning for an eclipse-themed viewing party.

Tapestries of planets and eclipses adorned the walls, strings of paper stars hung from pillars, and planet-themed centerpieces sat on every table. The brewing company at Indian Lake is inside the path of totality that crosses Ohio today.

Behind the bar, eclipse shirts emblazoned with the phrase “I blacked out at Indian Lake” were ready for purchase.

The brewery also offered three eclipse-themed brews; an orange and vanilla cream ale titled “Summer Sunset”, a schwarzbier called “235 Seconds” for the amount of time the lake will be in totality and a Black Current Hard Cider.

Outdoor seating was more limited than it would have been in the past; March’s tornado destroyed a few of the brewery’s picnic tables, co-owner Rebekah Smith said.

“(We) just told people to bring beanbags and enjoy (the eclipse),” she said.

—Nathan Hart and Sheridan Hendrix, reporting from Indian Lake at the center of the eclipse's path of totality in Ohio.

Lawrence Woods State Nature Preserve is closed. Make sure state parks still have space

At least one park along the eclipse's path of totality is already at capacity.

Lawrence Woods State Nature Preserve in Ridgeway, about 60 miles of Columbus and 30 miles southeast of Lima. was full as of 11:11 a.m., according to the Ohio Department of Natural Resources (ODNR).

The state has asked that visitors instead go to other locations for the eclipse.

Lawrence Woods State Nature Preserve is one of 28 ODNR parks along the eclipse's path, according to the state agency. The closest to Columbus that is still in the path of totality is Alum Creek State Park, just north of the city.

'It's something you need to actually live' through: Space enthusiasts flock to eclipse path in Ohio

When Marilys Guerrero saw a total eclipse in Venezuela in 1998, she got goosebumps.

She pulled up her jacket sleeve and pointed at her forearm, saying she wasn't sure of the English word, but the hairs on her arms were raised. 

"It's awesome," she said. "It's something you need to actually live (through)."

Originally from Venezuela, Guerrero and her husband Horacio Osorio drove 12 hours from Rockhill, South Carolina with their two children to see the eclipse in totality at the Armstrong Air and Space Museum in Wapakoneta.

The space enthusiasts are part of a group Osorio, 49, and Guerrero's father, Jesus, founded over 35 years ago in Venezuela, called the  Associacion Larense De Astronomia (ALDA ).

They plan to send photos back to the group, which numbers about 200, and their family members.

With them were their two children, Sebastian Osorio, 7, and Miranda Osorio, 5, who they are excited to share the experience with.

"It's very special for me," Horacio Osorio said, of seeing the eclipse, his first total eclipse, especially in the birth place of Neil Armstrong, who was the first person to set foot on the moon in 1969. "I found out it was the birth place of Neil Armstrong and I said "wow, this is the place.'"

Horacio Osorio and his family were waiting in line around 10 a.m. to get into the museum, excited to see Armstrong's suit and lunar rocks before the eclipse.

In the background, a "Neon Moon" cover was playing, followed by other themed songs, like "Bennie and the Jets" and "Shooting Star."

Steps from the line to get into the museum Guerrero and Osorio were in were stands for Kona Ice, hot dogs, kettle corn and memorobilia for sale. 

Many people came prepared in T-shirts of their own, with sayings about the eclipse.

People set up their blankets and chairs on the grass in front of the museum and at picnic tables nearby, taking in the exhibits on the lawn, such as aircraft and space shuttles. As of 11 a.m., the line for the museum snaked across the parking lot, nearly to a nearby Waffle House, and kept growing.

Eclipse chasers head toward the center of the path of totality in Ohio

Eclipse-gazers are trickling in to prepare for the celestial event at Indian Lake State Park, an area devastated by tornadoes in March located about 70 miles north of Columbus.

One watcher, Dan Masini, traveled from Grand Rapids, Michigan with his dog, Nellie, for a chance to see the eclipse and capture a time lapse of it with his camera.

Masini, a self-described “astronomy guy,” has never seen a total solar eclipse before. When the next one passes over the U.S. in 2044, he’ll be in his 80s, so he plans to make the most out of this one.

Masini has meticulously planned out his shots down to the second. On a small notepad, he has shutter speeds and camera settings puzzled out to ensure he successfully captures the once-in-a-lifetime event.

“We’ll see what we get,” he said.

Marysville celebrating eclipse with 21 events planned

Marysville—a city of about 25,000 located 30 miles north of Columbus— is one of the nearest central Ohio locations in the path of totality.

Marysville has 21 scheduled eclipse events, from a cartoon marathon at the Avalon Theater to a host of parties and happy hours at bars and restaurants including Eclipse and Sip at Bokes Creek Winery , Blackout in the Bar at The Maize at Little Darby Creek and an eclipse golf outing at The Ridge Golf & Gardens.

Marysville's seven hotels are booked through Monday night.

"There's such a spirit of celebration," said Karen Eylon, director of Union County Tourism. "We want to provide treasured memories. But we hope it will also create a tease about all the things you can come back and do here."

—Dean Narciso, reporting from Marysville, a central Ohio city inside the eclipse's path of totality.

Want to watch the eclipse live from Ohio? We've got you covered

The Dispatch will stream the total solar eclipse live this afternoon from the Armstrong Air and Space Museum in Wapakoneta.

In Wapakoneta, which is in the path of totality, the moon will start to cover the sun at about 1:54 p.m., with complete darkness running from 3:09 p.m. to 3:13 p.m. Full light will return at 4:25 p.m.

Stay tuned for live coverage of the eclipse all day.

Eclipse day festivities already underway along the path of totality

Tony Achilles, a radio producer at 89.5 WPKN, came from the Chicago area to the Armstrong Air and Space Museum in Wapakoneta, where he's been since Friday.

Set up on a small grassy hill, Achilles said he's going to capture video and sounds as the eclipse happens.

Looking up at the clear blue sky, Achilles said the weather is looking much better than he expected. But, he’s ready to head north if things look cloudy come eclipse time.

Achilles was one of hundreds of people at the museum, many in line to go inside when it opened at 9 a.m. There’s a line out to the adjacent Interstate 75 overpass to get into the museum parking lot and many people are walking around with blankets and camping chairs as they get ready for viewing.

Achilles came to Wapakoneta because it’s in the eclipse's path of totality. Here, viewers will get almost four minutes of the total eclipse, almost twice as long as in Dayton. Achilles also said Venus, Jupiter and possibly mercury should also be visible during the eclipse.

Will any nocturnal animals come out during the eclipse?

While Ohioans are looking to the sky during the eclipse, they may also see some animals behaving strangely.

There's a long history of animals behaving strangely during solar eclipses and scientists at zoos have studied their behavior.

The shadow cast by the total solar eclipse could make some animals think it's dusk when it's really the afternoon.

At least 12 different nocturnal species may wake up along the eclipse's path of totality, according to the Ohio Division of Wildlife. Here's what animals Ohioans should be on the lookout for as the eclipse reaches its peak this afternoon.

• Big Brown Bat
• Striped Skunk
• Great Horned Owl
• Northern Mockingbird
• Northern Ring-necked Snake
• Common Snapping Turtle
• Spring Peeper
• American Toad
• Stinging Rose Caterpillar Moth
• Rosy Maple Moth

It's eclipse day. Here's what National Weather Service says to expect in Ohio's path of totality

In Columbus, eclipse watchers can expect mostly sunny skies , with a high near 73 degrees.

In Cleveland, the largest city in the path of totality, viewers can expect it to be partly sunny with a high near 65 degrees, according to the National Weather Service (NWS).

Dayton, which is also in the eclipse's path, will see mostly sunny skies with a high near 74 degrees. Wapakoneta, the hometown of the first man on the moon Neil Armstrong, will experience a mostly sunny day with a high near 72 degrees.

Is ODOT reporting any traffic issues for the eclipse so far?

As of 9 a.m. Monday morning, the Ohio Department of Transportation had not reported any major highway congestion or traffic accidents as people descend on the eclipse's path of totality throughout Ohio.

But, that could change as the afternoon draws closer and following the eclipse, ODOT officials have said.

Ohio will welcome hundreds of thousands of visitors for the eclipse today.

Between 150,000 to 575,000 people could arrive in the Buckeye state to watch the total solar eclipse cast its shadow over Ohio. And visitors will likely head to all different areas of the state, with the 124-mile-wide path of totality  crossing Ohio from the southwest corner to the northeastern edge.

In central Ohio and southwestern parts of the state, drivers may experience some gridlock in the morning, according to the Ohio Department of Transportation.

But the biggest traffic backups could occur once the eclipse ends.

The heaviest flow of traffic is forecast to hit the roads in the afternoon, according to ODOT. Some of Ohio's most major highways could be backed up for hours as people head home after the eclipse, the agency has said.

The worst of the highway congestion could occur in northwest Ohio between Toledo and Findlay, which is the closest viewing area for eclipse chasers from Michigan. Portions of Interstate 71 and Interstate 270 in the Columbus area may also experience backups, according to ODOT.

ODOT's map of traffic forecasts for the solar eclipse is available online .

What time will the solar eclipse occur near me?

The total eclipse will last for only a few minutes, making it important to know exactly when to stop and look up toward the sky.

Although Columbus is just outside the path of totality, the city will still get to see roughly 99% of the total eclipse. The moon will begin to pass over the sun at 1:55 p.m. in Columbus and the eclipse is expected to peak at 3:12 p.m. in the capitol city with the moon moving past the sun by 4:26 p.m.

Cleveland, the largest Ohio city in the path of the eclipse, will experience the peak between 3:13 p.m. and 3:17 p.m., according to NASA.

Use the ZIP code tracker below to find out when the eclipse begins, ends and reaches a peak in your neighborhood.

Are there any eclipse events in the Columbus area?

Solar-bration at the Columbus Zoo & Aquarium

• 4850 W. Powell Road
• 12 p.m. to 4 p.m.
• Included with zoo admission
• COSI will bring a hands-on activity and demonstrate how the moon blocks the sun during a solar eclipse. Columbus Recreation and Parks will host a trivia game centering around eclipse and conservation questions and Velvet Ice Cream will offer a special "SUNdae."

COSI Solar Eclipse Experience 2024

• 333 W. Broad St.
• Free with tickets to COSI available for those who want to do more
• 1 p.m. to 4 p.m.
• COSI will offer hands-on educational STEAM demonstrations and activities, a live video stream of the eclipse in totality, free solar eclipse glasses and STEAM kits while supplies last.

Eclipse watch party at Land-Grant Brewing Co. with COSI

• 424 W. Town St.
• 11 a.m. to 6 p.m.
• Land-Grant is hosting a watch party with free eclipse glasses and will have its beer collaboration with COSI, Black IPA, Totality available to drink on tap.

Columbus Metropolitan Library and COSI Solar Eclipse Watch Party

• 96 Grant Ave.
• 1 p.m. to 4:40 p.m.
• Families can take part in hands-on science activities and hear stories about space and the solar eclipse.

Dublin in the Dark

• Riverside Crossing Park, 6635 Riverside Drive, and Coffman Park, 5200 Emerald Parkway
• 1:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m.
• A DJ and other entertainment will be available at each of these watch parties.

Under the Sun: Solar Eclipse Viewing

• The Dawes Arboretum, 7770 Jacksontown Road
• 2 p.m. to 4 p.m.
• Hands-on activities will be available and representatives from the Newark Earthworks will be there to discuss the astronomy and Hopewell Ceremonial Earthworks. Guests are encouraged to bring chairs, blankets and solar eclipse viewers to use.

Where to buy solar eclipse glasses near me? Some locations may still have glasses for last-minute eclipse watchers

Today's the day when the moon's shadow will (partially) blot out the sun for millions of Floridians, and some of them may still be scrambling for eclipse glasses so they can safely look at it without frying their eyes. Where can you still find them?

You may have to call around, or do some driving. Many retail locations have been selling solar eclipse glasses this year and some places have been giving them away, but availability is "while supplies last" and that will be different for every place.

There's an eclipse today? The procrastinator's guide to viewing the solar eclipse in Florida

Where can I find eclipse glasses?

Here are some places to check. Remember, some may have sold out, and not all locations may have been carrying them. Make sure any eclipse glasses you buy are legitimate and include an ISO rating, an ISO number and an address, avoid any that say "NASA Approved," and test them before you look up .

7-Eleven, Buc-ee's, Circle K and more

You may not have to go farther than the end of your street. Many convenience stores and gas stations have been carrying eclipse glasses and may still have some in stock.

Eclipse glasses have been spotted at 7-Eleven , Circle K, and Buc-ee's locations and many individual stores may have jumped on the opportunity.

Fake eclipse glases on sale online: Are yours safe? How to test before the April solar eclipse

Big chain stores such as Walmart, Lowes

Walmart has offered a wide variety of eclipse glasses in different styles, so has Target . However, all of the glasses on their websites are shipping only which will be a little late, so check your local store for availability.

Some other places where eclipse glasses have been spotted:

• Ace Hardware
• Cracker Barrel

Does Publix have eclipse glasses?

No, Publix did not carry eclipse glasses this year, according to a local customer service rep.

Warby Parker, Sonic offering free eclipse glasses

Prescription eyeglasses retailer Warby Parker began handing out free eclipse glasses at their locations on April 1 so definitely call first.

Sonic Drive-in locations are offering free eclipse glasses with the purchase of their new Blackout Sonic Float.

Does Amazon offer same-day delivery of eclipse glasses?

Online stores are great for fast service, but you may want to give it a miss this time. The   American Astronomical Society (AAS) does not recommend buying eclipse glasses online due to the number of counterfeit, unsafe glasses that have hit the market this year.

Shooting the eclipse with your phone: Can I take a photo of the eclipse with my phone? Yes, but take these steps so you don't fry it

Do I need to wear solar eclipse glasses?

If you plan to look directly at the sun, yes. Even a brief glance may cause temporary or permanent damage to your eyes and eyesight.

"Do NOT look at the Sun through a camera lens, telescope, binoculars, or any other optical device while wearing eclipse glasses or using a handheld solar viewer," NASA advises . "The concentrated solar rays will burn through the filter and cause serious eye injury."

How can I tell if my eclipse glasses are legitimate?

If you didn't buy your eclipse glasses directly from one of the vetted venders on the AAS list or a trusted source, check the text on the glasses for the  ISO 12312-2 standard listing and the address of the company. But these can be copied.

Don't trust any glasses that say they are NASA Approved . NASA doesn't do that.

Test your glasses first by putting them on inside and looking at a strong light source. You shouldn't be able to see anything, according to the AAS, although very bright lights may show up but would be very faint.

Go outside, put them on, and look at sunlight reflections or glance at the sun very quickly. You shouldn't see anything around you and the sun should appear to be a "sharp-edged, round disk" that's comfortably bright.

Can I watch the eclipse without looking at it?

Yes! If you don't manage to get glasses in time, there are several ways to see the eclipse that won't risk your eyes with items you probably have around the home.

Anything with a round hole in it can be held up to cast an image of the eclipse onto the ground or a sheet of white paper. Pinhole projectors, colanders, a slotted spoon, a Ritz cracker, even lacing your fingers together.

Or you can look under a tree. The sun shining through tree leaves and branches creates its own pinhole projector, casting lots of little crescent-moon shapes on the ground.

What time is the eclipse in Florida?

The eclipse will last roughly 2½ hours in Florida, starting around 1:40 p.m. EDT and ending around 4:17 EDT. The time of maximum coverage will be just before 3 p.m. EDT for most of the state.

You can find eclipse times for your ZIP code on the map below, just tap your location: